Remove tic80 support
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
82704155 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
82704155 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82704155 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
241 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
242 [@b{--statistics}]
243 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
244 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
245 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 246 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 247 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 248 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
249 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
250 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 251@c
6387924a 252@c man end
a4fb0134 253@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 254@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 255@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
256@ifset AARCH64
257
258@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 260 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 261@end ifset
625e1353
RH
262@ifset ALPHA
263
264@emph{Target Alpha options:}
265 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
266 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 267 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
268 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
269 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
270@end ifset
252b5132 271@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
274 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
275 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
276 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 277 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
279@end ifset
280@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
281
282@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 283@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
285 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
286 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
287 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 288 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 289 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
290 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
291 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
292 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 293 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 294@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
295@ifset Blackfin
296
297@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
298 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
299 [@b{-mfdpic}]
300 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
301 [@b{-mnopic}]
302@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
303@ifset BPF
304
305@emph{Target BPF options:}
306 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
307@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
308@ifset CRIS
309
310@emph{Target CRIS options:}
311 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
312 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
313 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 314 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
315@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
316@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
317@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
318@ifset CSKY
319
320@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
321 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
322 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
323 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
324 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
325 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
326 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
327 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
328 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
329 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
331 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
333 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
334 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
335 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
336 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
337@end ifset
252b5132 338@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
339
340@emph{Target D10V options:}
341 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
342@end ifset
343@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
344
345@emph{Target D30V options:}
346 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
348@ifset EPIPHANY
349
350@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
351 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
352@end ifset
252b5132 353@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
354
355@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
356 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
357@end ifset
358@ifset HPPA
359@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
360@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
361@ifset I80386
362
363@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 364 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 365 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 366@end ifset
587fe2b3 367@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 368
9e32ca89
NC
369@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
370 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
371 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
372 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 373 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 374 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 375 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
376 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
377@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
378@ifset IP2K
379
380@emph{Target IP2K options:}
381 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
382@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
383@ifset M32C
384
385@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 386 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 387@end ifset
587fe2b3 388@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 389
a4fb0134
SC
390@emph{Target M32R options:}
391 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 392 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
397 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 398@end ifset
60bcf0fa 399@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 402 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
403 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
404 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 405 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
406 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
407 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
408@end ifset
409@ifset MCORE
410
411@emph{Target MCORE options:}
412 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
413 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 414@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
415@ifset METAG
416
417@emph{Target Meta options:}
418 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
419@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
420@ifset MICROBLAZE
421@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
422@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
423@end ifset
252b5132 424@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
425
426@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 427 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 429 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 430 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
431 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
432 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 433 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 434 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
435 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
436 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 437 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 438 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 439 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 441 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 442 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 443 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 444 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 445 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 446 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 447 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 448 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 449 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 450 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 451 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 452 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 453 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 454 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 455 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 456 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 457 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 459 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 460 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 461 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 462 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
464 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 465 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 466 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 467 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
468@end ifset
469@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
470
471@emph{Target MMIX options:}
472 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
473 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
474 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 475 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 476@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
477@ifset NIOSII
478
479@emph{Target Nios II options:}
480 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
481 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
482@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
483@ifset NDS32
484
485@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
486 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
487 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
491 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
492 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
493 [@b{-mb2bb}]
494@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
495@ifset OPENRISC
496@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
497@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
498@ifset PDP11
499
500@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
501 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
502 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 503 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
504@end ifset
505@ifset PJ
506
507@emph{Target picoJava options:}
508 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
509@end ifset
510@ifset PPC
511
512@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
513 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
514 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
515 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
516 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
517 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
518 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 519 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 520 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 521 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
522 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
523 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 524 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 525 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 526@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
527@ifset PRU
528
529@emph{Target PRU options:}
530 [@b{-link-relax}]
531 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
532 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
533@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
534@ifset RISCV
535
536@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
537 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
538 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
539 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
540@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
541@ifset RL78
542
543@emph{Target RL78 options:}
544 [@b{-mg10}]
545 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
546@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
547@ifset RX
548
549@emph{Target RX options:}
550 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 551 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
552 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
553 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
554 [@b{-mpid}]
555 [@b{-mrelax}]
556 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
557 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 558@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
559@ifset S390
560
561@emph{Target s390 options:}
562 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
563 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
564 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
565@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
566@ifset SCORE
567
568@emph{Target SCORE options:}
569 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
570 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
571 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
572 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
573@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
574@ifset SPARC
575
576@emph{Target SPARC options:}
577@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
578 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
579 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
580 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
581 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
582 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
583 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
584 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
585 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
586 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
587 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
589 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
590 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 591 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 592 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
593@end ifset
594@ifset TIC54X
595
596@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 597 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
598 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
599@end ifset
40b36596
JM
600@ifset TIC6X
601
602@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
603 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
604 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
605 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 606@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
607@ifset TILEGX
608
609@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 610 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
611@end ifset
612@ifset TILEPRO
613@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
614@end ifset
b6605ddd 615@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 616
b6605ddd
EB
617@emph{Target Visium options:}
618 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
619@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
620@ifset XTENSA
621
622@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
623 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
624 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
625 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
626 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
627 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 628 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 629@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
630@ifset Z80
631
632@emph{Target Z80 options:}
633 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
634 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
635 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
636 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
637 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
638 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
639 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
640@end ifset
a4fb0134 641@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 642
a4fb0134 643@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 644@end ifset
e0001a05 645
0285c67d 646@c man end
252b5132
RH
647@end smallexample
648
0285c67d
NC
649@c man begin OPTIONS
650
a4fb0134 651@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 652@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 653
83f10cb2 654@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
655Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
656
a4fb0134 657@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
658@item -ac
659omit false conditionals
660
661@item -ad
662omit debugging directives
663
83f10cb2
NC
664@item -ag
665include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
666
252b5132
RH
667@item -ah
668include high-level source
669
670@item -al
671include assembly
672
673@item -am
674include macro expansions
675
676@item -an
677omit forms processing
678
679@item -as
680include symbols
681
682@item =file
683set the name of the listing file
684@end table
685
686You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
687listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
688the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
689
caa32fe5 690@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
691Begin in alternate macro mode.
692@ifclear man
693@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
694@end ifclear
caa32fe5 695
955974c6 696@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
697Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
698ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
699linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
700given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 701
151411f8
L
702@ifset ELF
703@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
704@item --compress-debug-sections=none
705@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
706@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
707@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
708These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
709@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
710@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
711@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 712@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 713@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
714@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
715sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
716@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
717@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
718
151411f8
L
719@end ifset
720
955974c6 721@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
722Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
723targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
724override this.
955974c6 725
252b5132
RH
726@item -D
727Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
728other assemblers.
729
3d6b762c
JM
730@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
731When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
732information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
733
252b5132
RH
734@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
735Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
736@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
737indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
738value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
739use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
740
741@item -f
742``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
743compiler output).
744
329e276d
NC
745@item -g
746@itemx --gen-debug
747Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
748debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
749ECOFF or DWARF2.
750
252b5132
RH
751@item --gstabs
752Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
753may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
754
05da4302
NC
755@item --gstabs+
756Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
757extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
758debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
759may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
760the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
761
329e276d 762@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 763Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 764may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 765option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 766
b40bf0a2
NC
767@item --gdwarf-sections
768Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
769.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
770corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
771will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
772@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
773then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
774suffix.
775
66f8b2cb
AB
776@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
777Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
778When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
779can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
780
b8871f35 781@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
782@item --size-check=error
783@itemx --size-check=warning
784Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
785
b8871f35
L
786@item --elf-stt-common=no
787@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
788These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
789symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
790by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
791
792@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
793@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
794These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
795attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
796The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
797configure option.
798
b8871f35
L
799@end ifset
800
252b5132 801@item --help
a05a5b64 802Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 803
ea20a7da
CC
804@item --target-help
805Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
806
252b5132
RH
807@item -I @var{dir}
808Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
809
810@item -J
811Don't warn about signed overflow.
812
813@item -K
814@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
815This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
816@end ifclear
817@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
818Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
819@end ifset
820
821@item -L
822@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
823Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
824system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
825or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
826@ifclear man
827@xref{Symbol Names}.
828@end ifclear
252b5132 829
c3a27914
NC
830@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
831Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
832listing to @var{number}.
833
834@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
835Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
836lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
837
838@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
839Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
840@var{number} bytes.
841
842@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
843Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
844to @var{number} + 1.
845
2edb36e7
NC
846@item --no-pad-sections
847Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
848of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
849which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
850
252b5132 851@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 852Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
853
854@item -R
855Fold the data section into the text section.
856
d60646b9 857@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
858Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
859@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
860assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
861memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
862requirements at the expense of speed.
863
864@item --reduce-memory-overheads
865This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
866assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
867@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
868
451133ce
NP
869@ifset ELF
870@item --sectname-subst
871Honor substitution sequences in section names.
872@ifclear man
873@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
874@end ifclear
875@end ifset
876
252b5132
RH
877@item --statistics
878Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
879assembly.
880
881@item --strip-local-absolute
882Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
883
884@item -v
885@itemx -version
a4fb0134 886Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
887
888@item --version
a4fb0134 889Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
890
891@item -W
2bdd6cf5 892@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
893Suppress warning messages.
894
2bdd6cf5
GK
895@item --fatal-warnings
896Treat warnings as errors.
897
898@item --warn
899Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
900
252b5132
RH
901@item -w
902Ignored.
903
904@item -x
905Ignored.
906
907@item -Z
908Generate an object file even after errors.
909
910@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
911Standard input, or source files to assemble.
912
913@end table
2a633939
JM
914@c man end
915
a06ea964
NC
916@ifset AARCH64
917
918@ifclear man
919@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
920for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
921@end ifclear
922
923@ifset man
924@c man begin OPTIONS
925The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
92664-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
927@c man end
928@c man begin INCLUDE
929@include c-aarch64.texi
930@c ended inside the included file
931@end ifset
932
933@end ifset
934
2a633939
JM
935@ifset ALPHA
936
937@ifclear man
938@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
939for an Alpha processor.
940@end ifclear
941
942@ifset man
943@c man begin OPTIONS
944The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
945processor.
946@c man end
947@c man begin INCLUDE
948@include c-alpha.texi
949@c ended inside the included file
950@end ifset
951
952@end ifset
252b5132 953
2a633939 954@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 955@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
956The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
957processor.
252b5132 958
a4fb0134 959@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 960@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
961This option selects the core processor variant.
962@item -EB | -EL
963Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
964@item -mcode-density
965Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
966@end table
967@end ifset
968
969@ifset ARM
970The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
971processor family.
972
a4fb0134 973@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 974@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 975Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 976@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 977Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 978@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 979Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
980@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
981Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
982@item -mthumb
983Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 984@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
985Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
986@item -EB | -EL
987Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
988@item -mthumb-interwork
989Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
990ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
991@item -mccs
992Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
993@item -k
994Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
995@end table
996@end ifset
635fb38d 997@c man end
252b5132 998
9982501a 999@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
1000
1001@ifclear man
1002@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1003configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1004@end ifclear
1005
1006@ifset man
1007@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1008The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1009the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1010@c man end
1011@c man begin INCLUDE
1012@include c-bfin.texi
1013@c ended inside the included file
1014@end ifset
9982501a 1015
9982501a
JZ
1016@end ifset
1017
f8861f5d
JM
1018@ifset BPF
1019
1020@ifclear man
1021@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1022configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1023@end ifclear
1024
1025@ifset man
1026@c man begin OPTIONS
1027The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1028the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1029@c man end
1030@c man begin INCLUDE
1031@include c-bpf.texi
1032@c ended inside the included file
1033@end ifset
1034
1035@end ifset
1036
635fb38d 1037@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1038@ifset CRIS
1039See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1040@end ifset
1041
b8891f8d
AJ
1042@ifset CSKY
1043
1044@ifclear man
1045@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1046configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1047@end ifclear
1048
1049@ifset man
1050@c man begin OPTIONS
1051The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1052the C-SKY processor family.
1053@c man end
1054@c man begin INCLUDE
1055@include c-csky.texi
1056@c ended inside the included file
1057@end ifset
1058
1059@end ifset
1060
252b5132
RH
1061@ifset D10V
1062The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1063a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1064@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1065@cindex D10V optimization
1066@cindex optimization, D10V
1067@item -O
1068Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1069@end table
1070@end ifset
1071
1072@ifset D30V
1073The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1074processor.
a4fb0134 1075@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1076@cindex D30V optimization
1077@cindex optimization, D30V
1078@item -O
1079Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1080
1081@cindex D30V nops
1082@item -n
1083Warn when nops are generated.
1084
1085@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1086@item -N
1087Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1088@end table
1089@end ifset
731caf76
L
1090@c man end
1091
cfb8c092
NC
1092@ifset EPIPHANY
1093The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1094Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1095
56b13185
JR
1096@ifclear man
1097@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1098configured for an Epiphany processor.
1099@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1100
56b13185
JR
1101@ifset man
1102@c man begin OPTIONS
1103The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1104an Epiphany processor.
1105@c man end
1106@c man begin INCLUDE
1107@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1108@c ended inside the included file
1109@end ifset
1110
1111@end ifset
1112
1113@ifset H8300
1114
1115@ifclear man
1116@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1117for an H8/300 processor.
1118@end ifclear
1119
1120@ifset man
1121@c man begin OPTIONS
1122The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1123processor.
1124@c man end
1125@c man begin INCLUDE
1126@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1127@c ended inside the included file
1128@end ifset
cfb8c092 1129
cfb8c092
NC
1130@end ifset
1131
731caf76 1132@ifset I80386
252b5132 1133
731caf76
L
1134@ifclear man
1135@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1136configured for an i386 processor.
1137@end ifclear
1138
1139@ifset man
1140@c man begin OPTIONS
1141The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1142an i386 processor.
1143@c man end
1144@c man begin INCLUDE
1145@include c-i386.texi
1146@c ended inside the included file
1147@end ifset
1148
1149@end ifset
1150
1151@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1152@ifset IP2K
1153The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1154Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1155
1156@table @gcctabopt
1157
1158@item -mip2022ext
1159Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1160
1161@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1162Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1163just the basic IP2022 ones.
1164
1165@end table
1166@end ifset
1167
49f58d10
JB
1168@ifset M32C
1169The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1170Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1171
1172@table @gcctabopt
1173
1174@item -m32c
1175Assemble M32C instructions.
1176
1177@item -m16c
1178Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1179
c54b5932
DD
1180@item -relax
1181Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1182
1183@item -h-tick-hex
1184Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1185
49f58d10
JB
1186@end table
1187@end ifset
1188
ec694b89
NC
1189@ifset M32R
1190The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1191Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1192
a4fb0134 1193@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1194
1195@item --m32rx
1196Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1197is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1198
1199@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1200Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1201encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1202
1203@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1204Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1205encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1206
1207@end table
1208@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1209
1210@ifset M680X0
1211The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1212Motorola 68000 series.
1213
a4fb0134 1214@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1215
1216@item -l
1217Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1218
0285c67d
NC
1219@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1220@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1221@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1222Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1223is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1224
1225@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1226The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1227The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1228the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1229two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1230coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1231
1232@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1233The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1234unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1235
1236@end table
1237@end ifset
1238
36591ba1
SL
1239@ifset NIOSII
1240
1241@ifclear man
1242@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1243for an Altera Nios II processor.
1244@end ifclear
1245
1246@ifset man
1247@c man begin OPTIONS
1248The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1249Altera Nios II processor.
1250@c man end
1251@c man begin INCLUDE
1252@include c-nios2.texi
1253@c ended inside the included file
1254@end ifset
1255@end ifset
1256
e135f41b
NC
1257@ifset PDP11
1258
1259For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1260see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1261
a4fb0134 1262@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1263@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1264Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1265default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1266
1267@item -mall
1268@itemx -mall-extensions
1269Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1270
1271@item -mno-extensions
1272Disable all instruction set extensions.
1273
1274@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1275Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1276
1277@item -m@var{cpu}
1278Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1279disable all other extensions.
1280
1281@item -m@var{machine}
1282Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1283model, and disable all other extensions.
1284@end table
1285
1286@end ifset
1287
041dd5a9
ILT
1288@ifset PJ
1289The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1290a picoJava processor.
1291
a4fb0134 1292@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1293
1294@cindex PJ endianness
1295@cindex endianness, PJ
1296@cindex big endian output, PJ
1297@item -mb
1298Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1299
1300@cindex little endian output, PJ
1301@item -ml
1302Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1303
1304@end table
1305@end ifset
1306
93f11b16
DD
1307@ifset PRU
1308
1309@ifclear man
1310@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1311for a PRU processor.
1312@end ifclear
1313
1314@ifset man
1315@c man begin OPTIONS
1316The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1317PRU processor.
1318@c man end
1319@c man begin INCLUDE
1320@include c-pru.texi
1321@c ended inside the included file
1322@end ifset
1323@end ifset
1324
60bcf0fa
NC
1325@ifset M68HC11
1326The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1327Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1328
a4fb0134 1329@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1330
6927f982 1331@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1332Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1333defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1334
6927f982
NC
1335@item --xgate-ramoffset
1336Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1337XGATE address space.
1338
2f904664
SC
1339@item -mshort
1340Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1341
1342@item -mlong
01642c12 1343Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1344
1345@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1346Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1347
1348@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1349Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1350
1370e33d 1351@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1352Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1353conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1354sub routine.
1355
1370e33d
NC
1356@item -S | --short-branches
1357Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1358when the offset is out of range.
1359
1360@item --strict-direct-mode
1361Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1362when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1363
1364@item --print-insn-syntax
1365Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1366
1367@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1368Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1369
1370@item --generate-example
6927f982 1371Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1372This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1373
1374@end table
1375@end ifset
1376
252b5132 1377@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1378The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1379for the SPARC architecture:
1380
a4fb0134 1381@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1382@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1383@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1384Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1385
1386@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1387@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1388
1389@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1390UltraSPARC extensions.
1391
1392@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1393For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1394equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1395
1396@item -bump
1397Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1398@end table
1399@end ifset
1400
39bec121
TW
1401@ifset TIC54X
1402The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1403architecture.
39bec121 1404
a4fb0134 1405@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1406@item -mfar-mode
1407Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1408extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1409@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1410Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1411@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1412Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1413behaviour in the shell.
1414@end table
1415@end ifset
1416
252b5132 1417@ifset MIPS
73201331 1418@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1419The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1420a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1421
a4fb0134 1422@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1423@item -G @var{num}
1424This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1425implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1426use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1427
1428@cindex MIPS endianness
1429@cindex endianness, MIPS
1430@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1431@item -EB
1432Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1433
1434@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1435@item -EL
1436Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1437
1438@cindex MIPS ISA
1439@item -mips1
1440@itemx -mips2
1441@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1442@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1443@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1444@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1445@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1446@itemx -mips32r3
1447@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1448@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1449@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1450@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1451@itemx -mips64r3
1452@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1453@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1454Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1455@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1456alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1457@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1458@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1459@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1460@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1461MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1462Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1463MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1464
98508b2a
RS
1465@item -march=@var{cpu}
1466Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1467
1468@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1469Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1470
1471@item -mfix7000
1472@itemx -mno-fix7000
1473Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1474of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1475
a8d14a88
CM
1476@item -mfix-rm7000
1477@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1478Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1479followed by a load instruction.
1480
27c634e0
FN
1481@item -mfix-r5900
1482@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1483Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1484of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1485instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1486instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1487execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1488
ecb4347a
DJ
1489@item -mdebug
1490@itemx -no-mdebug
1491Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1492section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1493
dcd410fe
RO
1494@item -mpdr
1495@itemx -mno-pdr
1496Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1497
437ee9d5
TS
1498@item -mgp32
1499@itemx -mfp32
1500The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1501flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1502all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1503and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1504
351cdf24
MF
1505@item -mgp64
1506@itemx -mfp64
1507The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1508flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1509all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1510and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1511
1512@item -mfpxx
1513The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1514this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1515which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
151632 or 64 bits wide.
1517
1518@item -modd-spreg
1519@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1520Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1521registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1522@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1523
437ee9d5
TS
1524@item -mips16
1525@itemx -no-mips16
1526Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1527@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1528turns off this option.
252b5132 1529
25499ac7
MR
1530@item -mmips16e2
1531@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1532Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1533to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1534@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1535
df58fc94
RS
1536@item -mmicromips
1537@itemx -mno-micromips
1538Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1539@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1540@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1541@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1542
e16bfa71
TS
1543@item -msmartmips
1544@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1545Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1546equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1547file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1548
1f25f5d3
CD
1549@item -mips3d
1550@itemx -no-mips3d
1551Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1552This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1553@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1554
deec1734
CD
1555@item -mdmx
1556@itemx -no-mdmx
1557Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1558This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1559@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1560
2ef2b9ae
CF
1561@item -mdsp
1562@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1563Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1564This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1565@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1566
8b082fb1
TS
1567@item -mdspr2
1568@itemx -mno-dspr2
1569Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1570This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1571This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1572@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1573
8f4f9071
MF
1574@item -mdspr3
1575@itemx -mno-dspr3
1576Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1577This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1578This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1579@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1580
56d438b1
CF
1581@item -mmsa
1582@itemx -mno-msa
1583Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1584This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1585@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1586
7d64c587
AB
1587@item -mxpa
1588@itemx -mno-xpa
1589Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1590This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1591@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1592
ef2e4d86
CF
1593@item -mmt
1594@itemx -mno-mt
1595Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1596This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1597@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1598
dec0624d
MR
1599@item -mmcu
1600@itemx -mno-mcu
1601Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1602This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1603@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1604
730c3174
SE
1605@item -mcrc
1606@itemx -mno-crc
1607Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1608Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1609@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1610
6f20c942
FS
1611@item -mginv
1612@itemx -mno-ginv
1613Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1614Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1615@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1616
8095d2f7
CX
1617@item -mloongson-mmi
1618@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1619Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1620Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1621instructions.
1622@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1623
716c08de
CX
1624@item -mloongson-cam
1625@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1626Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1627This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1628@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1629
bdc6c06e
CX
1630@item -mloongson-ext
1631@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1632Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1633This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1634@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1635
a693765e
CX
1636@item -mloongson-ext2
1637@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1638Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1639This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1640This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1641@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1642
833794fc
MR
1643@item -minsn32
1644@itemx -mno-insn32
1645Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1646microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1647instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1648the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1649option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1650start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1651selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1652
437ee9d5
TS
1653@item --construct-floats
1654@itemx --no-construct-floats
1655The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1656double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1657value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1658the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1659selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1660
3bf0dbfb
MR
1661@item --relax-branch
1662@itemx --no-relax-branch
1663The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1664branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1665out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1666
8b10b0b3
MR
1667@item -mignore-branch-isa
1668@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1669Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1670semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1671most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1672same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1673checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1674modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1675default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1676branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1677
ba92f887
MR
1678@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1679Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1680(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1681
252b5132
RH
1682@cindex emulation
1683@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1684This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1685on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1686removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1687It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1688
1689The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1690@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1691is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1692big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1693preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1694
1695@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1696@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1697the native tools.
1698
252b5132
RH
1699@item --trap
1700@itemx --no-trap
1701@itemx --break
1702@itemx --no-break
1703Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1704@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1705(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1706@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1707break exception.
63486801
L
1708
1709@item -n
a4fb0134 1710When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1711time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1712@end table
73201331 1713@c man end
252b5132
RH
1714@end ifset
1715
1716@ifset MCORE
1717The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1718an MCore processor.
1719
a4fb0134 1720@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1721@item -jsri2bsr
1722@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1723Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1724The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1725
1726@item -sifilter
1727@itemx -nosifilter
1728Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1729The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1730
1731@item -relax
1732Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1733
ec694b89
NC
1734@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1735Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1736can be assembled.
1737
1738@item -EB
1739Assemble for a big endian target.
1740
1741@item -EL
1742Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1743
1744@end table
1745@end ifset
a3c62988 1746@c man end
252b5132 1747
a3c62988
NC
1748@ifset METAG
1749
1750@ifclear man
1751@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1752for a Meta processor.
1753@end ifclear
1754
1755@ifset man
1756@c man begin OPTIONS
1757The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1758Meta processor.
1759@c man end
1760@c man begin INCLUDE
1761@include c-metag.texi
1762@c ended inside the included file
1763@end ifset
1764
1765@end ifset
1766
1767@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1768@ifset MMIX
1769See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1770@end ifset
1771
35c08157
KLC
1772@ifset NDS32
1773
1774@ifclear man
1775@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1776for a NDS32 processor.
1777@end ifclear
1778@c ended inside the included file
1779@end ifset
1780
1781@ifset man
1782@c man begin OPTIONS
1783The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1784NDS32 processor.
1785@c man end
1786@c man begin INCLUDE
1787@include c-nds32.texi
1788@c ended inside the included file
1789@end ifset
1790
635fb38d 1791@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1792@ifset PPC
1793
1794@ifclear man
1795@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1796for a PowerPC processor.
1797@end ifclear
1798
1799@ifset man
1800@c man begin OPTIONS
1801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1802PowerPC processor.
1803@c man end
1804@c man begin INCLUDE
1805@include c-ppc.texi
1806@c ended inside the included file
1807@end ifset
1808
1809@end ifset
1810
e23eba97
NC
1811@ifset RISCV
1812
1813@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1814@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1815for a RISC-V processor.
1816@end ifclear
1817
1818@ifset man
1819@c man begin OPTIONS
1820The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1821RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1822@c man end
1823@c man begin INCLUDE
1824@include c-riscv.texi
1825@c ended inside the included file
1826@end ifset
1827
1828@end ifset
1829
635fb38d 1830@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1831@ifset RX
1832See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1833@end ifset
1834
11c19e16
MS
1835@ifset S390
1836The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1837processor family.
1838
1839@table @gcctabopt
1840@item -m31
1841@itemx -m64
1842Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1843@item -mesa
1844@item -mzarch
1845Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1846Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1847@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1848Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1849@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1850@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1851@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1852@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1853(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1854@item -mregnames
1855@itemx -mno-regnames
1856Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1857@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1858Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1859but evaluates to zero.
1860@end table
1861@end ifset
2a633939 1862@c man end
11c19e16 1863
40b36596 1864@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1865
1866@ifclear man
1867@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1868for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1869@end ifclear
1870
1871@ifset man
1872@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1873The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1874TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1875@c man end
1876@c man begin INCLUDE
1877@include c-tic6x.texi
1878@c ended inside the included file
1879@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1880
1881@end ifset
1882
aa137e4d
NC
1883@ifset TILEGX
1884
1885@ifclear man
1886@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1887for a TILE-Gx processor.
1888@end ifclear
1889
1890@ifset man
1891@c man begin OPTIONS
1892The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1893processor.
1894@c man end
1895@c man begin INCLUDE
1896@include c-tilegx.texi
1897@c ended inside the included file
1898@end ifset
1899
1900@end ifset
1901
b6605ddd
EB
1902@ifset VISIUM
1903
1904@ifclear man
1905@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1906for a Visium processor.
1907@end ifclear
1908
1909@ifset man
1910@c man begin OPTIONS
1911The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1912processor.
1913@c man end
1914@c man begin INCLUDE
1915@include c-visium.texi
1916@c ended inside the included file
1917@end ifset
1918
1919@end ifset
1920
e0001a05 1921@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1922
2d8b84ae
SA
1923@ifclear man
1924@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1925for an Xtensa processor.
1926@end ifclear
1927
1928@ifset man
1929@c man begin OPTIONS
1930The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1931Xtensa processor.
1932@c man end
1933@c man begin INCLUDE
1934@include c-xtensa.texi
1935@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1936@end ifset
1937
2d8b84ae
SA
1938@end ifset
1939
1940@c man begin OPTIONS
1941
3c9b82ba
NC
1942@ifset Z80
1943The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1944a Z80 family processor.
1945@table @gcctabopt
1946@item -z80
1947Assemble for Z80 processor.
1948@item -r800
1949Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1950@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1951@itemx -Wnud
1952Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1953@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1954@itemx -Wnup
1955Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1956@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1957@itemx -Wud
1958Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1959@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1960@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1961Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1962@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1963@itemx -Fud
1964Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1965@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1966@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1967Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1968@end table
1969@end ifset
1970
0285c67d
NC
1971@c man end
1972
252b5132
RH
1973@menu
1974* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1975* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1976* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1977* Command Line:: Command Line
1978* Input Files:: Input Files
1979* Object:: Output (Object) File
1980* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1981@end menu
1982
1983@node Manual
1984@section Structure of this Manual
1985
1986@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1987This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1988@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1989notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1990@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1991
1992@ifclear GENERIC
1993We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1994configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1995@end ifclear
1996@ifset GENERIC
1997This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1998various flavors of the assembler.
1999@end ifset
2000
2001@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
2002On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
2003to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
2004In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
2005architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2006mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2007particular architecture.
2008@ifset GENERIC
2009You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2010machine architecture manual for this information.
2011@end ifset
2012@ifclear GENERIC
2013@ifset H8/300
2014For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2015Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2016Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2017@end ifset
252b5132 2018@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2019For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2020see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2021@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2022@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2023@end ifset
2024@ifset Z8000
2025For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2026@end ifset
2027@end ifclear
2028
2029@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2030@ignore
2031Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2032the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2033Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2034computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2035once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2036qualification.
2037
a4fb0134 2038@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2039human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2040computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2041@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2042@end ignore
2043
2044@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2045@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2046@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2047@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2048@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2049@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2050@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2051@c directives).
2052
2053@node GNU Assembler
2054@section The GNU Assembler
2055
0285c67d
NC
2056@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2057
a4fb0134 2058@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2059@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2060This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2061configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2062@end ifclear
2063If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2064should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2065architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2066including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2067@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2068
2069@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2070@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2071@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2072@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2073assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2074machine would assemble.
2075@ifset VAX
2076Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2077@end ifset
2078@ifset M680X0
2079@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2080@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2081This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2082assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2083incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2084@end ifset
2085
0285c67d
NC
2086@c man end
2087
a4fb0134 2088Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2089program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2090@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2091
2092@node Object Formats
2093@section Object File Formats
2094
2095@cindex object file format
2096The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2097object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2098write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2099are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2100Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2101@ifclear GENERIC
2102@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2103For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2104@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2105@end ifclear
2106@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2107@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2108On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2109SOM or ELF format object files.
2110@end ifset
2111@end ifclear
2112
2113@node Command Line
2114@section Command Line
2115
2116@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2117
a4fb0134 2118After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2119options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2120before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2121significant.
2122
2123@cindex standard input, as input file
2124@kindex --
2125@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2126explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2127
2128@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2129Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2130hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2131@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2132option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2133the letter is important. All options are optional.
2134
2135Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2136name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2137with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2138standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2139
2140@smallexample
2141@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2142@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2143@end smallexample
2144
2145@node Input Files
2146@section Input Files
2147
2148@cindex input
2149@cindex source program
2150@cindex files, input
2151We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2152describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2153be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2154doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2155
2156@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2157@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2158The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2159order specified.
2160
0285c67d 2161@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2162Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2163program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2164(The standard input is also a file.)
2165
a4fb0134 2166You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2167names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2168command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2169is taken to be an input file name.
2170
a4fb0134
SC
2171If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2172from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2173may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2174to assemble.
2175
2176Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2177in your command line.
2178
a4fb0134 2179If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2180file.
2181
0285c67d
NC
2182@c man end
2183
252b5132
RH
2184@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2185
2186@cindex input file linenumbers
2187@cindex line numbers, in input files
2188There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2189either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2190number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2191``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2192
2193@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2194to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2195
2196@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2197directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2198error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2199is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2200@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2201@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2202
2203@node Object
2204@section Output (Object) File
2205
2206@cindex object file
2207@cindex output file
2208@kindex a.out
2209@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2210Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2211your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2212is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2213You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2214object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2215reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2216directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2217possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2218
2219@cindex linker
2220@kindex ld
2221The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2222assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2223the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2224information for the debugger.
2225
2226@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2227@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2228
2229@node Errors
2230@section Error and Warning Messages
2231
0285c67d
NC
2232@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2233
a349d9dd 2234@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2235@cindex warning messages
2236@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2237@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2238file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2239runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2240that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2241grave problem that stops the assembly.
2242
0285c67d
NC
2243@c man end
2244
252b5132
RH
2245@cindex format of warning messages
2246Warning messages have the format
2247
2248@smallexample
2249file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2250@end smallexample
2251
2252@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2253@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2254(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2255(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2256@ifset GENERIC
2257(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2258@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2259have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2260in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2261intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2262
2263Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2264directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2265
2266@smallexample
2267 .file 2 "bar.c"
2268 error_assembler_source
2269 .file "foo.c"
2270 .line 30
2271 error_c_source
2272@end smallexample
2273
2274produces this output:
2275
2276@smallexample
2277 Assembler messages:
2278 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2279 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2280@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2281
2282@cindex format of error messages
2283Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2284
252b5132
RH
2285@smallexample
2286file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2287@end smallexample
72e0b254 2288
252b5132
RH
2289The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2290messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2291because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2292
2293@node Invoking
2294@chapter Command-Line Options
2295
2296@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2297This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2298versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2299for options specific
252b5132 2300@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2301to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2302@end ifclear
2303@ifset GENERIC
2304to particular machine architectures.
2305@end ifset
2306
0285c67d
NC
2307@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2308
c1253627 2309If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2310you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2311The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2312by commas. For example:
2313
2314@smallexample
2315gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2316@end smallexample
2317
2318@noindent
2319This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2320standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2321local symbols in the symbol table).
2322
2323Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2324command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2325(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2326precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2327assembler.)
2328
0285c67d
NC
2329@c man end
2330
252b5132 2331@menu
83f10cb2 2332* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2333* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2334* D:: -D for compatibility
2335* f:: -f to work faster
2336* I:: -I for .include search path
2337@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2338* K:: -K for compatibility
2339@end ifclear
2340@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2341* K:: -K for difference tables
2342@end ifset
2343
ba83aca1 2344* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2345* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2346* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2347* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2348* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2349* o:: -o to name the object file
2350* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2351* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2352* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2353* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2354* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2355* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2356@end menu
2357
2358@node a
83f10cb2 2359@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2360
2361@kindex -a
2362@kindex -ac
2363@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2364@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2365@kindex -ah
2366@kindex -al
2367@kindex -an
2368@kindex -as
2369@cindex listings, enabling
2370@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2371
2372These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2373@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2374You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2375@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2376@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2377@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2378High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2379@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2380also.
2381
83f10cb2
NC
2382Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2383information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2384
252b5132
RH
2385Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2386which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2387other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2388omitted from the listing.
2389
2390Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2391listing.
2392
2393Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2394listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2395@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2396@code{.sbttl}.
2397The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2398If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2399listing-control directives have no effect.
2400
2401The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2402@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2403
96e9638b
BW
2404Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2405because it
a05a5b64 2406is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2407is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2408directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2409stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2410memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2411
caa32fe5
NC
2412@node alternate
2413@section @option{--alternate}
2414
2415@kindex --alternate
2416Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2417
252b5132 2418@node D
a4fb0134 2419@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2420
2421@kindex -D
2422This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2423likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2424@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2425
2426@node f
a4fb0134 2427@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2428
2429@kindex -f
2430@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2431@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2432@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2433(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2434and comment preprocessing on
2435the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2436,Preprocessing}.
2437
2438@quotation
2439@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2440preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2441not work correctly.
2442@end quotation
2443
2444@node I
c1253627 2445@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2446
2447@kindex -I @var{path}
2448@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2449@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2450@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2451Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2452@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2453directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2454many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2455working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2456searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2457specified (left to right) on the command line.
2458
2459@node K
a4fb0134 2460@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2461
2462@kindex -K
2463@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2464On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2465permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2466where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2467generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2468family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2469alteration on other platforms.
2470@end ifclear
2471
2472@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2473@cindex difference tables, warning
2474@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2475@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2476form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2477You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2478is done.
2479@end ifset
2480
2481@node L
ba83aca1 2482@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2483
2484@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2485@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2486Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2487@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2488called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2489such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2490programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2491notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2492such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2493
2494This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2495in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2496@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2497
c3a27914 2498@node listing
a4fb0134 2499@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2500
a05a5b64 2501The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2502@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2503hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2504them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2505directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2506@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2507@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2508@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2509
a4fb0134 2510@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2511@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2512@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2513@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2514Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2515dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2516
2517@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2518@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2519@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2520Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2521a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2522the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2523switch is used the default is to one.
2524
2525@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2526@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2527@cindex Width of source line output
2528Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2529alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2530source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2531
2532@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2533@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2534@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2535Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2536displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2537@end table
2538
252b5132 2539@node M
a4fb0134 2540@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2541
2542@kindex -M
2543@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2544The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2545changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2546compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2547The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2548MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2549information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2550arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2551assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2552
2553The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2554depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2555file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2556individually. These are:
2557
2558@itemize @bullet
2559@item global symbols in common section
2560
2561The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2562Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2563common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2564symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2565symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2566
2567@item complex relocations
2568
2569The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2570relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2571are not support by other object file formats.
2572
2573@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2574
2575The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2576This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2577instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2578script.
2579
2580@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2581
2582The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2583name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2584
2585@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2586
2587The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2588address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2589which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2590not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2591assigned within a linker script.
2592@end itemize
2593
2594There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2595@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2596seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2597
2598@itemize @bullet
2599
2600@item EBCDIC strings
2601
2602EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2603
2604@item packed binary coded decimal
2605
2606Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2607and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2608
2609@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2610
2611The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2612
2613@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2614
2615The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2616
2617@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2618
2619The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2620@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2621relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2622these options serve no purpose.
2623
2624@item @code{OPT} list control options
2625
2626The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2627@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2628@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2629
2630@item other @code{OPT} options
2631
2632The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2633@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2634
2635@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2636
2637The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2638@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2639
2640@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2641
2642The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2643
252b5132
RH
2644@end itemize
2645
2646@node MD
c1253627 2647@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2648
2649@kindex --MD
2650@cindex dependency tracking
2651@cindex make rules
2652
a4fb0134 2653@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2654file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2655dependencies of the main source file.
2656
2657The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2658
2659This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2660
2edb36e7
NC
2661@node no-pad-sections
2662@section Output Section Padding
2663@kindex --no-pad-sections
2664@cindex output section padding
2665Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2666alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2667memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2668disable this behaviour.
2669
252b5132 2670@node o
a4fb0134 2671@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2672
2673@kindex -o
2674@cindex naming object file
2675@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2676There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2677default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2678You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2679object file a different name.
2680
a4fb0134 2681Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2682existing file of the same name.
2683
2684@node R
a4fb0134 2685@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2686
2687@kindex -R
2688@cindex data and text sections, joining
2689@cindex text and data sections, joining
2690@cindex joining text and data sections
2691@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2692@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2693data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2694the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2695section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2696your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2697appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2698
a4fb0134 2699When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2700address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2701data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2702older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2703
c1253627
NC
2704@ifset COFF-ELF
2705When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2706this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2707@samp{.data}.
2708@end ifset
2709
2710@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2711@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2712@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2713@end ifset
2714
2715@node statistics
a4fb0134 2716@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2717
2718@kindex --statistics
2719@cindex statistics, about assembly
2720@cindex time, total for assembly
2721@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2722Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2723@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2724(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2725seconds).
2726
2727@node traditional-format
c1253627 2728@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2729
2730@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2731For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2732from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2733@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2734
2735For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2736@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2737
2738@node v
a4fb0134 2739@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2740
2741@kindex -v
2742@kindex -version
2743@cindex assembler version
2744@cindex version of assembler
2745You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2746option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2747command line.
2748
2749@node W
a4fb0134 2750@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2751
a4fb0134 2752@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2753assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2754cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2755made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2756
c1253627
NC
2757@kindex -W
2758@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2759@cindex suppressing warnings
2760@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2761If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2762This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2763how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2764are still reported.
2765
c1253627 2766@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2767@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2768@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2769If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2770files that generate warnings to be in error.
2771
c1253627 2772@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2773@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2774You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2775causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2776
2777@node Z
a4fb0134 2778@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2779@cindex object file, after errors
2780@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2781After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2782some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2783@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2784option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2785writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2786errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2787
2788@node Syntax
2789@chapter Syntax
2790
2791@cindex machine-independent syntax
2792@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2793This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2794source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2795assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2796@ifclear VAX
2797assembler.
2798@end ifclear
2799@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2800assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2801@end ifset
2802
2803@menu
7c31ae13 2804* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2805* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2806* Comments:: Comments
2807* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2808* Statements:: Statements
2809* Constants:: Constants
2810@end menu
2811
2812@node Preprocessing
2813@section Preprocessing
2814
2815@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2816The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2817@itemize @bullet
2818@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2819@item
2820adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2821the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2822a single space.
2823
2824@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2825@item
2826removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2827appropriate number of newlines.
2828
2829@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2830@item
2831converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2832@end itemize
2833
2834It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2835anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2836do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2837(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2838to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2839@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2840Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2841
2842Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2843cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2844preprocessed.
2845
2846@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2847@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2848@kindex #NO_APP
2849@kindex #APP
2850If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2851@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2852Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2853specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2854text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2855@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2856@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2857and whitespace.
2858
2859@node Whitespace
2860@section Whitespace
2861
2862@cindex whitespace
2863@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2864Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2865people to read. Unless within character constants
2866(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2867as exactly one space.
2868
2869@node Comments
2870@section Comments
2871
2872@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2873There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2874cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2875
2876Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2877This means you may not nest these comments.
2878
2879@smallexample
2880/*
2881 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2882 is to use this sort of comment.
2883*/
2884
2885/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2886@end smallexample
2887
2888@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2889Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2890considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2891specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2892line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2893line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2894comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2895upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2896@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2897
2898If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2899special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2900to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2901
2902@kindex #
2903@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2904@cindex logical line numbers
2905To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2906special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2907expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2908line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2909new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2910
2911If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2912the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2913
2914@smallexample
2915 # This is an ordinary comment.
2916# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2917 # This is logical line # 36.
2918@end smallexample
2919This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2920of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2921
2922@node Symbol Intro
2923@section Symbols
2924
2925@cindex characters used in symbols
2926@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2927A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2928letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2929@samp{_.$}.
2930@end ifclear
2931@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2932@ifclear GENERIC
2933@ifset H8
2934A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2935letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2936@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2937symbol names.)
2938@end ifset
2939@end ifclear
2940@end ifset
2941@ifset GENERIC
2942On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2943are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2944@end ifset
2945No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2946There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2947are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2948beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2949of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2950
2951Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2952cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2953quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2954backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2955@cindex length of symbols
2956
2957@node Statements
2958@section Statements
2959
2960@cindex statements, structure of
2961@cindex line separator character
2962@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2963
2964A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2965@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2966specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2967target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2968The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2969preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2970exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2971
2972@cindex newline, required at file end
2973@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2974It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2975character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2976
2977An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2978
2979@cindex instructions and directives
2980@cindex directives and instructions
2981@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2982@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2983@c 13feb91.
2984A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2985key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2986symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2987symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2988directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2989a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2990assembles into a machine language instruction.
2991@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2992Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2993recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2994represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2995language.@refill
2996@end ifset
2997
2998@cindex @code{:} (label)
2999@cindex label (@code{:})
3000A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
3001Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
3002have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
3003
3004@ifset HPPA
01642c12 3005For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3006the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3007only one label may be defined on each line.
3008@end ifset
3009
3010@smallexample
3011label: .directive followed by something
3012another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3013 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3014@end smallexample
3015
3016@node Constants
3017@section Constants
3018
3019@cindex constants
3020A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3021inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3022@smallexample
3023@group
3024.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3025.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3026.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3027.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
302895028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3029@end group
3030@end smallexample
3031
3032@menu
3033* Characters:: Character Constants
3034* Numbers:: Number Constants
3035@end menu
3036
3037@node Characters
3038@subsection Character Constants
3039
3040@cindex character constants
3041@cindex constants, character
3042There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3043for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3044numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3045@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3046used in arithmetic expressions.
3047
3048@menu
3049* Strings:: Strings
3050* Chars:: Characters
3051@end menu
3052
3053@node Strings
3054@subsubsection Strings
3055
3056@cindex string constants
3057@cindex constants, string
3058A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3059double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3060into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3061a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3062one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3063@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3064(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3065escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3066
3067@cindex escape codes, character
3068@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3069@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3070@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3071@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3072@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3073@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3074@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3075@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3076@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3077@table @kbd
3078@c @item \a
3079@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3080@c
361fa3a4 3081@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3082@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3083@item \b
3084Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3085
3086@c @item \e
3087@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3088@c
361fa3a4 3089@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3090@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3091@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3092Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3093
361fa3a4 3094@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3095@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3096@item \n
3097Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3098
3099@c @item \p
3100@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3101@c
361fa3a4
NC
3102@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3103@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3104@item \r
3105Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3106
3107@c @item \s
3108@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3109@c other assemblers.
3110@c
361fa3a4 3111@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3112@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3113@item \t
3114Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3115
3116@c @item \v
3117@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3118@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3119@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3120@c
361fa3a4 3121@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3122@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3123@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3124An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3125For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3126for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3127
361fa3a4 3128@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3129@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3130@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3131A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3132lower case @code{x} works.
3133
361fa3a4 3134@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3135@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3136@item \\
3137Represents one @samp{\} character.
3138
3139@c @item \'
3140@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3141@c This is needed in single character literals
3142@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3143@c a @samp{'}.
3144@c
361fa3a4 3145@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3146@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3147@item \"
3148Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3149this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3150
3151@item \ @var{anything-else}
3152Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3153assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3154you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3155interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3156other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3157code and warns you of the fact.
3158@end table
3159
3160Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3161varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3162the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3163compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3164sequence.
3165
3166@node Chars
3167@subsubsection Characters
3168
3169@cindex single character constant
3170@cindex character, single
3171@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3172A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3173that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3174@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3175as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3176character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3177the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3178accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3179@ifclear GENERIC
3180@ifclear abnormal-separator
3181(or semicolon @samp{;})
3182@end ifclear
3183@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3184@ifset H8
3185(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3186Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3187@end ifset
3188@end ifset
3189@end ifclear
3190immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3191and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3192constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3193that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3194@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3195
3196@node Numbers
3197@subsection Number Constants
3198
3199@cindex constants, number
3200@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3201@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3202are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3203would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3204integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3205are floating point numbers, described below.
3206
3207@menu
3208* Integers:: Integers
3209* Bignums:: Bignums
3210* Flonums:: Flonums
3211@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3212@end ifclear
3213@end menu
3214
3215@node Integers
3216@subsubsection Integers
3217@cindex integers
3218@cindex constants, integer
3219
3220@cindex binary integers
3221@cindex integers, binary
3222A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3223the binary digits @samp{01}.
3224
3225@cindex octal integers
3226@cindex integers, octal
3227An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3228digits (@samp{01234567}).
3229
3230@cindex decimal integers
3231@cindex integers, decimal
3232A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3233more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3234
3235@cindex hexadecimal integers
3236@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3237A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3238more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3239
3240Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3241the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3242(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3243
3244@node Bignums
3245@subsubsection Bignums
3246
3247@cindex bignums
3248@cindex constants, bignum
3249A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3250except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3251represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3252integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3253
3254@node Flonums
3255@subsubsection Flonums
3256@cindex flonums
3257@cindex floating point numbers
3258@cindex constants, floating point
3259
3260@cindex precision, floating point
3261A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3262indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3263@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3264sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3265to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3266portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3267
3268A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3269@itemize @bullet
3270@item
3271The digit @samp{0}.
3272@ifset HPPA
3273(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3274@end ifset
3275
3276@item
a4fb0134 3277A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3278@ifset GENERIC
3279@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3280@ignore
3281@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3282(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32834.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3284@end ignore
3285
a8eb42a8 3286On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3287one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3288
3289On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3290(in upper or lower case).
3291
252b5132
RH
3292On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3293@end ifset
3294@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3295@ifset ARC
3296One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3297@end ifset
3298@ifset H8
3299One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3300@end ifset
3301@ifset HPPA
3302The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3303@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3304@end ifclear
3305
3306@item
3307An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3308
3309@item
3310An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3311
3312@item
3313An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3314or more decimal digits.
3315
3316@item
3317An optional exponent, consisting of:
3318
3319@itemize @bullet
3320@item
3321An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3322@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3323@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3324@item
3325Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3326@item
3327One or more decimal digits.
3328@end itemize
3329
3330@end itemize
3331
3332At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3333present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3334
a4fb0134 3335@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3336independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3337@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3338
252b5132
RH
3339@node Sections
3340@chapter Sections and Relocation
3341@cindex sections
3342@cindex relocation
3343
3344@menu
3345* Secs Background:: Background
3346* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3347* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3348* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3349* bss:: bss Section
3350@end menu
3351
3352@node Secs Background
3353@section Background
3354
3355Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3356``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3357For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3358
3359@cindex linker, and assembler
3360@cindex assembler, and linker
3361The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3362combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3363emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3364@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3365different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3366oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3367sections.
3368
3369@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3370addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3371units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3372within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3373run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3374the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3375the proper run-time addresses.
3376@ifset H8
7be1c489 3377For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3378@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3379ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3380@end ifset
3381
3382@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3383An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3384of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3385@dfn{bss} sections.
3386
c1253627 3387@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3388@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3389When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3390@end ifset
a4fb0134 3391@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3392using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3393If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3394or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3395@end ifset
3396
3397@ifset HPPA
3398@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3399When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3400@end ifset
a4fb0134 3401@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3402specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3403@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3404(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3405assembler directives.
3406
3407@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3408Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3409text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3410is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3411BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3412@end ifset
3413@end ifset
3414
3415Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3416data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3417
3418@ifset HPPA
3419When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3420section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3421@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3422@end ifset
3423
3424To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3425relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3426object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3427@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3428file is mentioned:
3429@itemize @bullet
3430@item
3431Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3432an address?
3433@item
3434How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3435@item
3436Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3437@display
3438(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3439@end display
3440@item
3441Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3442@end itemize
3443
3444@cindex addresses, format of
3445@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3446In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3447@display
3448(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3449@end display
3450@noindent
a4fb0134 3451Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3452nature.
3453@ifset SOM
3454(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3455symbol-relative instead.)
3456@end ifset
3457
3458In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3459@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3460
3461Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3462@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3463addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3464@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3465@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3466data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3467their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3468part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3469address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3470
3471The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3472address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3473rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3474Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3475address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3476common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3477time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3478
3479By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3480the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3481sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3482customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3483the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3484data and bss sections.
3485
3486Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3487use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3488
3489@node Ld Sections
3490@section Linker Sections
3491@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3492
3493@table @strong
3494
c1253627 3495@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3496@cindex named sections
3497@cindex sections, named
3498@item named sections
3499@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3500@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3501@cindex text section
3502@cindex data section
3503@itemx text section
3504@itemx data section
3505@end ifset
a4fb0134 3506These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3507separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3508true of another.
a8eb42a8 3509@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3510When the program is running, however, it is
3511customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3512text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3513instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3514program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3515in the data section.
c1253627 3516@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3517
3518@cindex bss section
3519@item bss section
3520This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3521is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3522each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3523out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3524bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3525those explicit zeros from object files.
3526
3527@cindex absolute section
3528@item absolute section
3529Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3530This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3531not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3532addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3533
3534@cindex undefined section
3535@item undefined section
3536This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3537the preceding sections.
3538@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3539@end table
3540
3541@cindex relocation example
3542An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3543@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3544The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3545@end ifset
3546Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3547
3548@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3549@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3550@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3551@smallexample
3552 +-----+----+--+
3553partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3554 +-----+----+--+
3555
3556 text data bss
3557 seg. seg. seg.
3558
3559 +---+---+---+
3560partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3561 +---+---+---+
3562
3563 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3564linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3565 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3566
3567 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3568@end smallexample
3569@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3570@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3571@need 5000
3572@tex
c1253627 3573\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3574\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3575\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3576\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3577
3578\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3579\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3580\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3581
3582\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3583\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3584\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3585ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3586DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3587
3588\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3589\line{0\dots\hfil}
3590
3591@end tex
3592@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3593
3594@node As Sections
3595@section Assembler Internal Sections
3596
3597@cindex internal assembler sections
3598@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3599These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3600have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3601sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3602warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3603meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3604value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3605section-relative address.
3606
3607@table @b
3608@cindex assembler internal logic error
3609@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3610An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3611bug in the assembler.
3612
3613@cindex expr (internal section)
3614@item expr section
3615The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3616symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3617it in the expr section.
3618@c FIXME item debug
3619@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3620@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3621@c FIXME item register
3622@end table
3623
3624@node Sub-Sections
3625@section Sub-Sections
3626
3627@cindex numbered subsections
3628@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3629@ifset aout
252b5132 3630Assembled bytes
c1253627 3631@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3632conventionally
3633@end ifset
3634fall into two sections: text and data.
3635@end ifset
3636You may have separate groups of
3637@ifset GENERIC
3638data in named sections
3639@end ifset
3640@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3641@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3642data in named sections
3643@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3644@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3645text or data
3646@end ifset
3647@end ifclear
3648that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3649are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3650use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3651numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3652same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3653subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3654section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3655assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3656section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3657constants being output.
3658
3659Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3660goes in subsection number zero.
3661
3662@ifset GENERIC
3663Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3664(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3665of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3666@end ifset
3667@ifclear GENERIC
3668@ifset H8
7be1c489 3669On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3670boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3671The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3672@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3673@end ifclear
3674
3675Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3676to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3677The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3678other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3679They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3680data subsections as a data section.
3681
3682To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3683into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3684@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3685@ifset COFF
252b5132 3686@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3687When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3688@end ifset
3689@ifclear GENERIC
3690You
3691@end ifclear
3692can also use an extra subsection
3693argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3694@var{expression}}.
3695@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3696@ifset ELF
3697@ifset GENERIC
3698When generating ELF output, you
3699@end ifset
3700@ifclear GENERIC
3701You
3702@end ifclear
3703can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3704to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3705@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3706@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3707(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3708is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3709begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3710@smallexample
3711.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3712.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3713.text 1
3714.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3715.data 0
3716.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3717.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3718.text 0
3719.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3720.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3721@end smallexample
3722
3723Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3724assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3725restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3726counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3727@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3728current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3729assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3730
3731@node bss
3732@section bss Section
3733
3734@cindex bss section
3735@cindex common variable storage
3736The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3737You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3738not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3739your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3740section are zeroed bytes.
3741
3742The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3743@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3744
3745The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3746another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3747
3748@ifset GENERIC
3749When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3750COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3751see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3752section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3753@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3754@end ifset
3755
3756@node Symbols
3757@chapter Symbols
3758
3759@cindex symbols
3760Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3761things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3762to debug.
3763
3764@quotation
3765@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3766@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3767the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3768@end quotation
3769
3770@menu
3771* Labels:: Labels
3772* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3773* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3774* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3775* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3776@end menu
3777
3778@node Labels
3779@section Labels
3780
3781@cindex labels
3782A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3783@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3784active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3785operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3786different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3787definitions.
3788
3789@ifset HPPA
3790On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3791colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3792a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3793provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3794@end ifset
3795
3796@node Setting Symbols
3797@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3798
3799@cindex assigning values to symbols
3800@cindex symbol values, assigning
3801A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3802by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3803(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3804directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3805equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3806@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3807
f8739b83
JZ
3808@ifset Blackfin
3809Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3810@end ifset
3811
252b5132
RH
3812@node Symbol Names
3813@section Symbol Names
3814
3815@cindex symbol names
3816@cindex names, symbol
3817@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3818Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3819machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3820noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3821string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3822particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3823@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3824@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3825@ifset H8
3826Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3827Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3828character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3829on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3830@end ifset
3831@end ifset
3832
3833Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3834than @code{Foo}.
3835
ed1fcdd1
NC
3836Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3837Local Labels. See below.
3838
7bfd842d
NC
3839Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3840multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3841@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3842currently supported.
3843
252b5132
RH
3844Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3845refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3846in a program.
3847
3848@subheading Local Symbol Names
3849
3850@cindex local symbol names
3851@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3852A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3853By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3854@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3855set of local label prefixes.
3856@ifset HPPA
3857On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3858@end ifset
3859
3860Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3861normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3862You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3863to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3864
3865@subheading Local Labels
3866
3867@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3868@cindex temporary symbol names
3869@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3870Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3871programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3872be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3873referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3874the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3875To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3876@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3877to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3878stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3879
3880There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3881too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3882the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3883defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3884definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3885noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3886implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3887
3888Here is an example:
3889
3890@smallexample
38911: branch 1f
38922: branch 1b
38931: branch 2f
38942: branch 1b
3895@end smallexample
3896
3897Which is the equivalent of:
3898
3899@smallexample
3900label_1: branch label_3
3901label_2: branch label_1
3902label_3: branch label_4
3903label_4: branch label_3
3904@end smallexample
3905
ba83aca1 3906Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3907transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3908The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3909are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3910these parts:
252b5132
RH
3911
3912@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3913@item @emph{local label prefix}
3914All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3915Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3916that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3917used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3918@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3919object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3920you may use them in debugging.
3921
2d5aaba0
NC
3922@item @var{number}
3923This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3924label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3925
2d5aaba0
NC
3926@item @kbd{C-B}
3927This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3928of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3929
3930@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3931This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3932@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3933number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3934the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3935@end table
3936
ba83aca1
BW
3937So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3938the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3939
3940@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3941@cindex dollar local symbols
3942
ed1fcdd1
NC
3943On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3944local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3945become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3946valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3947by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3948by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3949
3950Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3951except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3952@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3953
3954They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3955names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3956to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3957@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3958
3959@node Dot
3960@section The Special Dot Symbol
3961
3962@cindex dot (symbol)
3963@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3964@cindex current address
3965@cindex location counter
3966The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3967@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3968.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3969Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3970directive.
252b5132 3971@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3972Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3973@samp{.space 4}.
3974@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3975
3976@node Symbol Attributes
3977@section Symbol Attributes
3978
3979@cindex symbol attributes
3980@cindex attributes, symbol
3981Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3982``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3983attributes.
3984@ifset INTERNALS
3985The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3986@end ifset
3987
a4fb0134 3988If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3989all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3990symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3991would want.
3992
3993@menu
3994* Symbol Value:: Value
3995* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3996@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3997* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3998@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3999@ifset COFF
4000* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
4001@end ifset
4002@ifset SOM
4003* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4004@end ifset
4005@end menu
4006
4007@node Symbol Value
4008@subsection Value
4009
4010@cindex value of a symbol
4011@cindex symbol value
4012The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4013location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4014number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4015Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4016as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4017symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4018called absolute.
4019
4020The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40210 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4022@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4023same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4024name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4025common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4026bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4027allocated storage.
4028
4029@node Symbol Type
4030@subsection Type
4031
4032@cindex type of a symbol
4033@cindex symbol type
4034The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4035information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4036(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4037format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4038
a8eb42a8 4039@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4040@node a.out Symbols
4041@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4042
4043@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4044@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4045
252b5132
RH
4046@menu
4047* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4048* Symbol Other:: Other
4049@end menu
4050
4051@node Symbol Desc
4052@subsubsection Descriptor
4053
4054@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4055This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4056descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4057(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4058@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4059
4060@node Symbol Other
4061@subsubsection Other
4062
4063@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4064This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4065@end ifset
4066
4067@ifset COFF
4068@node COFF Symbols
4069@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4070
4071@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4072@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4073
4074The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4075like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4076@code{.endef} directives.
4077
4078@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4079
4080@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4081The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4082respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4083
4084@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4085
4086@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4087The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4088@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4089table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4090@end ifset
4091
4092@ifset SOM
4093@node SOM Symbols
4094@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4095
4096@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4097@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4098
4099The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4100the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4101
01642c12 4102The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4103Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4104@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4105@end ifset
4106
4107@node Expressions
4108@chapter Expressions
4109
4110@cindex expressions
4111@cindex addresses
4112@cindex numeric values
4113An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4114Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4115
4116The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4117a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4118enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4119section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4120the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4121@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4122
4123@menu
4124* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4125* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4126@end menu
4127
4128@node Empty Exprs
4129@section Empty Expressions
4130
4131@cindex empty expressions
4132@cindex expressions, empty
4133An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4134Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4135expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4136is compatible with other assemblers.
4137
4138@node Integer Exprs
4139@section Integer Expressions
4140
4141@cindex integer expressions
4142@cindex expressions, integer
4143An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4144by @emph{operators}.
4145
4146@menu
4147* Arguments:: Arguments
4148* Operators:: Operators
4149* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4150* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4151@end menu
4152
4153@node Arguments
4154@subsection Arguments
4155
4156@cindex expression arguments
4157@cindex arguments in expressions
4158@cindex operands in expressions
4159@cindex arithmetic operands
4160@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4161contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4162this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4163the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4164expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4165instruction operands.
4166
4167Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4168@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4169or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4170integer.
4171
4172Numbers are usually integers.
4173
4174A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4175that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4176these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4177instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4178assemblers.
4179
4180@cindex subexpressions
4181Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4182expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4183operator followed by an argument.
4184
4185@node Operators
4186@subsection Operators
4187
4188@cindex operators, in expressions
4189@cindex arithmetic functions
4190@cindex functions, in expressions
4191@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4192operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4193between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4194whitespace.
4195
4196@node Prefix Ops
4197@subsection Prefix Operator
4198
4199@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4200@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4201one argument, which must be absolute.
4202
4203@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4204@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4205@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4206@tex
4207\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4208@end tex
4209
4210@table @code
4211@item -
4212@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4213@item ~
4214@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4215@end table
4216
4217@tex
4218\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4219@end tex
4220
4221@node Infix Ops
4222@subsection Infix Operators
4223
4224@cindex infix operators
4225@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4226@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4227have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4228to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4229absolute, and the result is absolute.
4230
4231@enumerate
4232@cindex operator precedence
4233@cindex precedence of operators
4234
4235@item
4236Highest Precedence
4237
4238@table @code
4239@item *
4240@dfn{Multiplication}.
4241
4242@item /
4243@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4244
4245@item %
4246@dfn{Remainder}.
4247
d1eac9d9 4248@item <<
252b5132
RH
4249@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4250
d1eac9d9 4251@item >>
252b5132
RH
4252@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4253@end table
4254
4255@item
4256Intermediate precedence
4257
4258@table @code
4259@item |
4260
4261@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4262
4263@item &
4264@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4265
4266@item ^
4267@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4268
4269@item !
4270@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4271@end table
4272
4273@item
b131d4dc 4274Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4275
4276@table @code
4277@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4278@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4279@cindex arguments for addition
4280@item +
4281@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4282the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4283sections.
4284
4285@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4286@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4287@cindex arguments for subtraction
4288@item -
4289@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4290result has the section of the left argument.
4291If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4292You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4293@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4294
4295@cindex comparison expressions
4296@cindex expressions, comparison
4297@item ==
4298@dfn{Is Equal To}
4299@item <>
723a8472 4300@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4301@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4302@item <
4303@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4304@item >
b131d4dc 4305@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4306@item >=
b131d4dc 4307@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4308@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4309@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4310
4311The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4312value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4313perform signed comparisons.
4314@end table
4315
4316@item Lowest Precedence
4317
4318@table @code
4319@item &&
4320@dfn{Logical And}.
4321
4322@item ||
4323@dfn{Logical Or}.
4324
4325These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4326expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4327value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4328or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4329
252b5132
RH
4330@end table
4331@end enumerate
4332
4333In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4334address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4335
4336@node Pseudo Ops
4337@chapter Assembler Directives
4338
4339@cindex directives, machine independent
4340@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4341@cindex machine independent directives
4342All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4343The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4344in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4345
4346This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4347target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4348@ifset GENERIC
4349Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4350@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4351@end ifset
4352@ifclear GENERIC
4353@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4354@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4355@end ifset
4356@end ifclear
4357
4358@menu
4359* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4360@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4361* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4362@end ifset
f0dc282c 4363
252b5132 4364* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4365* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4366* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4367* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4368* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4369* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4370* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4371* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4372* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4373* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4374* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4375* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4376* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4377@ifset COFF
4378* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4379@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4380@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4381* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4382@end ifset
4383@ifset COFF
4384* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4385@end ifset
f0dc282c 4386
252b5132
RH
4387* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4388* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4389* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4390* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4391* End:: @code{.end}
4392@ifset COFF
4393* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4394@end ifset
f0dc282c 4395
252b5132
RH
4396* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4397* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4398* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4399* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4400* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4401* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4402* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4403* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4404* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4405* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4406* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4407* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4408* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4409* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4410* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4411@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4412* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4413* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4414@end ifset
f0dc282c 4415
252b5132
RH
4416* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4417* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4418* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4419* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4420* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4421* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4422@ifset ELF
4423* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4424@end ifset
f0dc282c 4425
252b5132
RH
4426* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4427* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4428* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4429* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4430@ifclear no-line-dir
4431* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4432@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4433
252b5132
RH
4434* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4435* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4436* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4437* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4438* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4439@ifset ELF
4440* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4441@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4442
252b5132
RH
4443* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4444@ignore
4445* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4446@end ignore
f0dc282c 4447
252b5132
RH
4448* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4449* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4450* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4451* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4452* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4453* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4454* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4455* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4456* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4457@ifset ELF
4458* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4459* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4460@end ifset
f0dc282c 4461
252b5132 4462* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4463@ifset ELF
4464* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4465@end ifset
f0dc282c 4466
252b5132
RH
4467* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4468* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4469@ifset ELF
4470* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4471@end ifset
f0dc282c 4472
252b5132 4473* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4474* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4475* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4476* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4477@ifset COFF
4478* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4479@end ifset
4480@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4481* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4482@end ifset
f0dc282c 4483
252b5132
RH
4484* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4485* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4486* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4487@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4488* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4489@end ifset
884f0d36 4490@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4491* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4492@end ifclear
4493
252b5132 4494* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4495@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4496* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4497@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4498@ifset have-stabs
4499* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4500@end ifset
f0dc282c 4501
38a57ae7 4502* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4503* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4504@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4505* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4506* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4507@end ifset
f0dc282c 4508
252b5132
RH
4509@ifset COFF
4510* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4511@end ifset
f0dc282c 4512
252b5132
RH
4513* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4514* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4515@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4516* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4517@end ifset
4518
c91d2e08 4519* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4520@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4521* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4522@end ifset
f0dc282c 4523
2e13b764 4524@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4525* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4526* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4527* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4528@end ifset
f0dc282c 4529
d190d046 4530* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4531* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4532* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4533* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4534@ifclear no-space-dir
4535* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4536@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4537@ifset ELF
4538* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4539* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4540* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4541@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4542* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4543@end menu
4544
4545@node Abort
4546@section @code{.abort}
4547
4548@cindex @code{abort} directive
4549@cindex stopping the assembly
4550This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4551compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4552assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4553of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4554quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4555
4556@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4557@node ABORT (COFF)
4558@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4559
4560@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4561When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4562synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4563
252b5132
RH
4564@end ifset
4565
4566@node Align
4567@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4568
4569@cindex padding the location counter
4570@cindex @code{align} directive
4571Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4572boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4573required, as described below.
4574
4575The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4576padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4577padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4578marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4579with no-op instructions.
4580
4581The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4582it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4583directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4584specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4585fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4586required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4587with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4588
4589The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4590For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4591s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4592alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4593the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4594is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4595first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4596
9e9a9798 4597For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4598strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4599number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4600advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4601counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4602multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4603
4604This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4605native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4606GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4607described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4608architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4609
ccf8a69b
BW
4610@node Altmacro
4611@section @code{.altmacro}
4612Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4613
4614@ftable @code
4615@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4616One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4617generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4618replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4619replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4620separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4621define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4622
4623@item String delimiters
4624You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4625@code{"@var{string}"}:
4626
4627@table @code
4628@item '@var{string}'
4629You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4630
4631@item <@var{string}>
4632You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4633@end table
4634
4635@item single-character string escape
4636To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4637character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4638character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4639write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4640
4641@item Expression results as strings
4642You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4643and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4644@end ftable
4645
252b5132
RH
4646@node Ascii
4647@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4648
4649@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4650@cindex string literals
4651@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4652separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4653trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4654
4655@node Asciz
4656@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4657
4658@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4659@cindex zero-terminated strings
4660@cindex null-terminated strings
4661@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4662a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4663
4664@node Balign
4665@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4666
4667@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4668@cindex @code{balign} directive
4669Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4670storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4671alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4672the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4673is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4674
4675The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4676padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4677padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4678marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4679with no-op instructions.
4680
4681The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4682it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4683directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4684specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4685fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4686required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4687with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4688
4689@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4690@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4691The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4692@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4693pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4694fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46954,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4696filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4697the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4698undefined.
4699
fa94de6b 4700@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4701@section Bundle directives
4702@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4703@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4704@cindex bundle
4705@cindex instruction bundle
4706@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4707@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4708bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4709into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4710disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4711gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4712@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4713
4714For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4715certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4716instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4717@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4718chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4719effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4720instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4721that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4722end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4723starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4724instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4725
d3b47e2b 4726@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4727@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4728@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4729The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4730allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4731are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4732aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4733@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4734directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4735
4736@cindex bundle-locked
4737For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4738appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4739instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4740and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4741instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4742sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4743@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4744entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4745boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4746first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4747aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4748bundle size.
4749
d416e51d
RM
4750For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4751inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4752nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4753@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4754matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4755same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4756
252b5132
RH
4757@node Byte
4758@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4759
4760@cindex @code{byte} directive
4761@cindex integers, one byte
4762@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4763Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4764
54cfded0 4765@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4766@section CFI directives
4767@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4768@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4769@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4770should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4771If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4772if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4773To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4774directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4775
2f0c68f2
CM
4776On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4777by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4778
bd5608dc
NC
4779Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4780which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4781
4782The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4783arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4784generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4785redefine it will result in an error.
4786
d3b47e2b 4787@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4788@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4789@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4790should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4791data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4792@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4793
01642c12 4794Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4795it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4796
d3b47e2b 4797@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4798@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4799@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4800unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4801@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4802
d3b47e2b 4803@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4804@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4805@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4806@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4807should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4808argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4809a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4810the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4811can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4812The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4813no personality routine.
4814
2f0c68f2
CM
4815@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4816@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4817@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4818defined in a compact unwinding format.
4819Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4820with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4821
4822@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4823@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4824@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4825used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4826@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4827in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4828Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4829with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4830
d3b47e2b 4831@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4832@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4833@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4834should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4835argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4836or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4837meaning that no LSDA is present.
4838
4839@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4840@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4841switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4842Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4843Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4844with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4845
4846The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4847so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4848referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4849in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4850by a section directive.
4851
4852The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4853The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4854@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4855
d3b47e2b 4856@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4857@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4858address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4859
d3b47e2b 4860@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4861@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4862now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4863remains the same.
4864
d3b47e2b 4865@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4866@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4867remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4868absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4869CFA address.
4870
d3b47e2b 4871@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4872Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4873value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4874
d3b47e2b 4875@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4876Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4877CFA.
54cfded0 4878
084303b8
AK
4879@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4880Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4881
d3b47e2b 4882@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4883Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4884the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4885using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4886This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4887code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4888
d3b47e2b 4889@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4890Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4891
d3b47e2b 4892@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4893@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4894same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4895instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4896
d3b47e2b 4897@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4898From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4899
d3b47e2b 4900@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4901Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4902i.e. no restoration needed.
4903
48eac74c
MG
4904@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4905@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4906implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4907places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4908multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4909flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4910the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4911
4912@smallexample
4913 je label
4914 popq %rbx
4915 .cfi_restore %rbx
4916 popq %r12
4917 .cfi_restore %r12
4918 popq %rbp
4919 .cfi_restore %rbp
4920 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4921 ret
4922label:
4923 /* Do something else */
4924@end smallexample
4925
4926Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4927to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4928@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4929locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4930@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4931we can write:
4932
4933@smallexample
4934 je label
4935 popq %rbx
4936 .cfi_remember_state
4937 .cfi_restore %rbx
4938 popq %r12
4939 .cfi_restore %r12
4940 popq %rbp
4941 .cfi_restore %rbp
4942 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4943 ret
4944label:
4945 .cfi_restore_state
4946 /* Do something else */
4947@end smallexample
4948
4949That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4950as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4951@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4952
d3b47e2b 4953@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4954Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4955directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4956
d3b47e2b 4957@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4958Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4959
d3b47e2b 4960@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4961SPARC register window has been saved.
4962
d3b47e2b 4963@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4964Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4965might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4966opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4967
d3b47e2b 4968@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4969The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4970will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4971description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4972
4973The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4974limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4975mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4976by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4977or another register.
4978
ccf8a69b
BW
4979@node Comm
4980@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4981
ccf8a69b
BW
4982@cindex @code{comm} directive
4983@cindex symbol, common
4984@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4985common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4986of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4987definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4988allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4989absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4990the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4991using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4992
c1711530
DK
4993@ifset COFF-ELF
4994When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4995an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4996specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4997that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4998as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4999boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5000power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5001common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5002alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5003largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5004maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5005is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5006@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5007multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5008It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5009(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5010@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5011
ccf8a69b
BW
5012@ifset HPPA
5013The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5014@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5015@end ifset
07a53e5c 5016
252b5132
RH
5017@node Data
5018@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5019@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5020
a4fb0134 5021@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5022end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5023absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5024to zero.
5025
340d33e5
NC
5026@node Dc
5027@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5028@cindex @code{dc} directive
5029
46c685ac 5030The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5031commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5032current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5033@code{.dc} directive:
5034
5035@table @code
5036@item @samp{.a}
5037Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5038@item @samp{.b}
5039Emits 8-bit values.
5040@item @samp{.d}
5041Emits double precision floating-point values.
5042@item @samp{.l}
5043Emits 32-bit values.
5044@item @samp{.s}
5045Emits single precision floating-point values.
5046@item @samp{.w}
5047Emits 16-bit values.
5048Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
504932-bit values.
5050@item @samp{.x}
5051Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5052@end table
5053
5054If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5055
d7c79856
MR
5056The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5057point values.
340d33e5
NC
5058
5059@node Dcb
5060@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5061@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5062This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5063bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5064comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5065@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5066
5067@table @code
5068@item @samp{.b}
5069Emits single byte values.
5070@item @samp{.d}
5071Emits double-precision floating point values.
5072@item @samp{.l}
5073Emits 4-byte values.
5074@item @samp{.s}
5075Emits single-precision floating point values.
5076@item @samp{.w}
5077Emits 2-byte values.
5078@item @samp{.x}
5079Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5080@end table
5081
5082If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5083
5084The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5085point values.
5086
5087@node Ds
5088@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5089@cindex @code{ds} directive
5090This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5091bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5092comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5093@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5094
5095@table @code
5096@item @samp{.b}
5097Emits single byte values.
5098@item @samp{.d}
5099Emits 8-byte values.
5100@item @samp{.l}
5101Emits 4-byte values.
5102@item @samp{.p}
5103Emits 12-byte values.
5104@item @samp{.s}
5105Emits 4-byte values.
5106@item @samp{.w}
5107Emits 2-byte values.
5108@item @samp{.x}
5109Emits 12-byte values.
5110@end table
5111
5112Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5113suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5114
5115If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5116
d7c79856 5117The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5118
5119
252b5132
RH
5120@ifset COFF
5121@node Def
5122@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5123
5124@cindex @code{def} directive
5125@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5126@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5127Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5128definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5129@end ifset
5130
a8eb42a8 5131@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5132@node Desc
5133@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5134
5135@cindex @code{desc} directive
5136@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5137@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5138This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5139to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5140
5141@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5142The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5143configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5144object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5145it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5146@end ifset
5147@end ifset
5148
5149@ifset COFF
5150@node Dim
5151@section @code{.dim}
5152
5153@cindex @code{dim} directive
5154@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5155@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5156This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5157information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5158@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5159@end ifset
5160
5161@node Double
5162@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5163
5164@cindex @code{double} directive
5165@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5166@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5167assembles floating point numbers.
5168@ifset GENERIC
5169The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5170@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5171@end ifset
5172@ifclear GENERIC
5173@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5174On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5175in @sc{ieee} format.
5176@end ifset
5177@end ifclear
5178
5179@node Eject
5180@section @code{.eject}
5181
5182@cindex @code{eject} directive
5183@cindex new page, in listings
5184@cindex page, in listings
5185@cindex listing control: new page
5186Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5187
5188@node Else
5189@section @code{.else}
5190
5191@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5192@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5193assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5194of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5195was false.
5196
3fd9f047
TW
5197@node Elseif
5198@section @code{.elseif}
5199
5200@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5201@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5202assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5203@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5204
252b5132
RH
5205@node End
5206@section @code{.end}
5207
5208@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5209@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5210process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5211
5212@ifset COFF
5213@node Endef
5214@section @code{.endef}
5215
5216@cindex @code{endef} directive
5217This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5218@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5219@end ifset
5220
5221@node Endfunc
5222@section @code{.endfunc}
5223@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5224@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5225
5226@node Endif
5227@section @code{.endif}
5228
5229@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5230@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5231it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5232conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5233
5234@node Equ
5235@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5236
5237@cindex @code{equ} directive
5238@cindex assigning values to symbols
5239@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5240This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5241It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5242
5243@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5244The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5245@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5246@end ifset
5247
3c9b82ba 5248@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5249The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5250@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5251On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5252but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5253Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5254@end ifset
5255
252b5132
RH
5256@node Equiv
5257@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5258@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5259The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5260the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5261symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5262undefined.
252b5132 5263
01642c12 5264Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5265@smallexample
5266.ifdef SYM
5267.err
5268.endif
5269.equ SYM,VAL
5270@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5271plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5272
5273@node Eqv
5274@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5275@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5276The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5277evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5278the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5279value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5280
5281@node Err
5282@section @code{.err}
5283@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5284If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5285message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5286object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5287
d190d046
HPN
5288@node Error
5289@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5290@cindex error directive
5291
5292Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5293string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5294message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5295@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5296
5297@smallexample
5298 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5299@end smallexample
5300
252b5132
RH
5301@node Exitm
5302@section @code{.exitm}
5303Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5304
5305@node Extern
5306@section @code{.extern}
5307
5308@cindex @code{extern} directive
5309@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5310with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5311all undefined symbols as external.
5312
5313@node Fail
5314@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5315
5316@cindex @code{fail} directive
5317Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5318or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5319than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5320include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5321complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5322
252b5132 5323@node File
14082c76 5324@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5325@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5326
5327@ifclear no-file-dir
5328There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5329that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5330@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5331
5332@subheading Default Version
5333
252b5132
RH
5334@cindex logical file name
5335@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5336This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5337are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5338
5339@smallexample
5340.file @var{string}
5341@end smallexample
5342
5343@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5344recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5345to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5346statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5347old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5348
5349@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5350@end ifclear
5351
14082c76
BW
5352When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5353to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5354
5355@smallexample
5356.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5357@end smallexample
5358
5359The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5360index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5361literal.
5362
5363The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5364table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5365information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5366entries will have.
5367
252b5132
RH
5368@node Fill
5369@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5370
5371@cindex @code{fill} directive
5372@cindex writing patterns in memory
5373@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5374@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5375This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5376may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5377more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5378other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5379is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5380zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5381byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5382Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5383@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5384compatible with other people's assemblers.
5385
5386@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5387If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5388assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5389@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5390
5391@node Float
5392@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5393
5394@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5395@cindex @code{float} directive
5396This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5397has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5398@ifset GENERIC
5399The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5400@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5401@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5402@end ifset
5403@ifclear GENERIC
5404@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5405On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5406in @sc{ieee} format.
5407@end ifset
5408@end ifclear
5409
5410@node Func
5411@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5412@cindex @code{func} directive
5413@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5414is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5415Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5416@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5417prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5418@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5419All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5420The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5421
5422@node Global
5423@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5424
5425@cindex @code{global} directive
5426@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5427@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5428@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5429other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5430@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5431from another file linked into the same program.
5432
5433Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5434compatibility with other assemblers.
5435
5436@ifset HPPA
5437On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5438partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5439@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5440@end ifset
5441
c91d2e08 5442@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5443@node Gnu_attribute
5444@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5445Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5446
c91d2e08
NC
5447@node Hidden
5448@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5449
c1253627
NC
5450@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5451@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5452This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5453@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5454@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5455
5456This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5457their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5458@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5459Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5460@end ifset
5461
252b5132
RH
5462@node hword
5463@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5464
5465@cindex @code{hword} directive
5466@cindex integers, 16-bit
5467@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5468@cindex sixteen bit integers
5469This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5470a 16 bit number for each.
5471
5472@ifset GENERIC
5473This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5474architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5475@end ifset
5476@ifclear GENERIC
5477@ifset W32
5478This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5479@end ifset
5480@ifset W16
5481This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5482@end ifset
5483@end ifclear
5484
5485@node Ident
5486@section @code{.ident}
5487
5488@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5489
5490This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5491behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5492a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5493source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5494for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5495@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5496emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5497
5498@node If
5499@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5500
5501@cindex conditional assembly
5502@cindex @code{if} directive
5503@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5504considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5505(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5506the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5507(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5508alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5509If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5510nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5511
5512The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5513@table @code
5514@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5515@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5516Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5517has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5518is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5519
26aca5f6
JB
5520@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5521@item .ifb @var{text}
5522Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5523
252b5132
RH
5524@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5525@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5526Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5527strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5528the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5529end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5530string comparison is case sensitive.
5531
5532@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5533@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5534Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5535
5536@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5537@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5538Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5539
5540@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5541@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5542Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5543equal to zero.
5544
5545@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5546@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5547Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5548
5549@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5550@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5551Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5552to zero.
5553
5554@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5555@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5556Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5557
26aca5f6
JB
5558@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5559@item .ifnb @var{text}
5560Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5561following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5562
252b5132
RH
5563@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5564@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5565Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5566following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5567
5568@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5569@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5570@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5571@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5572Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5573has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5574which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5575
5576@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5577@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5578Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5579(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5580
5581@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5582@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5583Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5584following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5585@end table
5586
7e005732
NC
5587@node Incbin
5588@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5589
5590@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5591@cindex binary files, including
5592The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5593location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5594option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5595around @var{file}.
5596
5597The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5598@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5599read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5600responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5601after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5602
252b5132
RH
5603@node Include
5604@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5605
5606@cindex @code{include} directive
5607@cindex supporting files, including
5608@cindex files, including
5609This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5610points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5611if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5612included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5613can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5614(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5615around @var{file}.
5616
5617@node Int
5618@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5619
5620@cindex @code{int} directive
5621@cindex integers, 32-bit
5622Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5623For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5624expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5625of target the assembly is for.
5626
5627@ifclear GENERIC
5628@ifset H8
7be1c489 5629On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5630integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
563132-bit integers.
5632@end ifset
5633@end ifclear
5634
c91d2e08
NC
5635@ifset ELF
5636@node Internal
5637@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5638
c1253627
NC
5639@cindex @code{internal} directive
5640@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5641This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5642@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5643@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5644
5645This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5646their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5647@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5648(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5649processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5650@end ifset
5651
252b5132
RH
5652@node Irp
5653@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5654
5655@cindex @code{irp} directive
5656Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5657The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5658terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5659set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5660@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5661@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5662sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5663
5664For example, assembling
5665
5666@example
5667 .irp param,1,2,3
5668 move d\param,sp@@-
5669 .endr
5670@end example
5671
5672is equivalent to assembling
5673
5674@example
5675 move d1,sp@@-
5676 move d2,sp@@-
5677 move d3,sp@@-
5678@end example
5679
96e9638b 5680For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5681
252b5132
RH
5682@node Irpc
5683@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5684
5685@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5686Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5687The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5688terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5689@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5690assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5691assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5692@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5693
5694For example, assembling
5695
5696@example
5697 .irpc param,123
5698 move d\param,sp@@-
5699 .endr
5700@end example
5701
5702is equivalent to assembling
5703
5704@example
5705 move d1,sp@@-
5706 move d2,sp@@-
5707 move d3,sp@@-
5708@end example
5709
5e75c3ab
JB
5710For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5711at @xref{Macro}.
5712
252b5132
RH
5713@node Lcomm
5714@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5715
5716@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5717@cindex local common symbols
5718@cindex symbols, local common
5719Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5720denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5721those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5722section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5723is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5724not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5725
5726@ifset GENERIC
5727Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5728argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5729@end ifset
5730
5731@ifset HPPA
5732The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5733@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5734@end ifset
5735
5736@node Lflags
5737@section @code{.lflags}
5738
5739@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5740@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5741assemblers, but ignores it.
5742
5743@ifclear no-line-dir
5744@node Line
5745@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5746
5747@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5748@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5749@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5750Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5751expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5752statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5753reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5754@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5755for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5756@end ifset
5757
252b5132 5758Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5759@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5760when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5761were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5762@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5763
5764Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5765used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5766debugging.
5767@end ifclear
5768
5769@node Linkonce
5770@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5771@cindex COMDAT
5772@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5773@cindex common sections
5774Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5775This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5776but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5777The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5778Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5779unique.
5780
5781This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5782writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5783Executable format used on Windows NT.
5784
5785The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5786following strings. For example:
5787@smallexample
5788.linkonce same_size
5789@end smallexample
5790Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5791
5792@table @code
5793@item discard
5794Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5795
5796@item one_only
5797Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5798
5799@item same_size
5800Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5801
5802@item same_contents
5803Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5804@end table
5805
ccf8a69b
BW
5806@node List
5807@section @code{.list}
5808
5809@cindex @code{list} directive
5810@cindex listing control, turning on
5811Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5812not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5813internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5814counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5815generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5816
5817By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5818@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5819the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5820
252b5132
RH
5821@node Ln
5822@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5823
5824@cindex @code{ln} directive
5825@ifclear no-line-dir
5826@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5827@end ifclear
5828@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5829Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5830must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5831line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5832statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5833line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5834@end ifset
5835
ccf8a69b
BW
5836@node Loc
5837@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5838@cindex @code{loc} directive
5839When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5840the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5841number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5842instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5843arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5844the row is added.
252b5132 5845
ccf8a69b
BW
5846The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5847
5848@table @code
5849@item basic_block
5850This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5851@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5852
5853@item prologue_end
5854This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5855@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5856
5857@item epilogue_begin
5858This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5859@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5860
5861@item is_stmt @var{value}
5862This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5863@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5864either 0 or 1.
5865
5866@item isa @var{value}
5867This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5868state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5869
92846e72
CC
5870@item discriminator @var{value}
5871This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5872state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5873
ba8826a8
AO
5874@item view @var{value}
5875This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5876current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5877instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5878@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5879@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5880directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5881@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5882that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5883location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5884the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5885@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5886
ccf8a69b
BW
5887@end table
5888
5889@node Loc_mark_labels
5890@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5891@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5892When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5893the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5894to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5895register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5896The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5897this function respectively.
252b5132 5898
4d4175af
BW
5899@ifset ELF
5900@node Local
5901@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5902
5903@cindex @code{local} directive
5904This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5905the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5906will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5907they will be created.
5908
5909For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5910accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5911the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5912(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5913@end ifset
5914
252b5132
RH
5915@node Long
5916@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5917
5918@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5919@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5920
5921@ignore
5922@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5923@c what it really ought to do
5924@node Lsym
5925@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5926
5927@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5928@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5929@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5930the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5931rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5932the same as the expression value:
5933@smallexample
5934@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5935@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5936@var{value} = @var{expression}
5937@end smallexample
5938@noindent
5939The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5940@end ignore
5941
5942@node Macro
5943@section @code{.macro}
5944
5945@cindex macros
5946The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5947generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5948@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5949
5950@example
5951 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5952 .long \from
5953 .if \to-\from
5954 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5955 .endif
5956 .endm
5957@end example
5958
5959@noindent
5960With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5961
5962@example
5963 .long 0
5964 .long 1
5965 .long 2
5966 .long 3
5967 .long 4
5968 .long 5
5969@end example
5970
5971@ftable @code
5972@item .macro @var{macname}
5973@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5974@cindex @code{macro} directive
5975Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5976definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5977separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5978indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5979@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5980(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5981macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5982cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5983subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5984definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5985
5986@table @code
5987@item .macro comm
5988Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5989arguments.
5990
6258339f 5991@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5992@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5993Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5994which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5995@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5996
5997@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5998Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5999arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
6000After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
6001@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
6002@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
6003,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
6004@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 6005
6eaeac8a
JB
6006@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6007Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6008arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6009not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6010will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6011
252b5132
RH
6012When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6013position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6014@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6015
6258339f
NC
6016@end table
6017
5e75c3ab
JB
6018Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6019as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6020occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6021characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6022(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6023architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6024character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6025replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6026construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6027identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6028this macro definition:
6029
6030@example
6031 .macro label l
6032\l:
6033 .endm
6034@end example
6035
6036might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6037called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6038assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6039identifier.
6040
6041Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6042which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6043for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6044length specifier like this:
6045
6046@example
6047 .macro opcode base length
6048 \base.\length
6049 .endm
6050@end example
6051
6052and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6053instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6054interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6055
6056There are several possible ways around this problem:
6057
6058@table @code
6059@item Insert white space
6060If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6061solution. eg:
6062
6063@example
6064 .macro label l
6065\l :
6066 .endm
6067@end example
6068
6069@item Use @samp{\()}
6070The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6071the following text. eg:
6072
6073@example
6074 .macro opcode base length
6075 \base\().\length
6076 .endm
6077@end example
6078
6079@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6080In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6081used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6082
6083@example
6084 .altmacro
6085 .macro label l
6086l&:
6087 .endm
6088@end example
6258339f 6089@end table
5e75c3ab 6090
96e9638b 6091Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6092also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6093and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6094
252b5132
RH
6095@item .endm
6096@cindex @code{endm} directive
6097Mark the end of a macro definition.
6098
6099@item .exitm
6100@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6101Exit early from the current macro definition.
6102
6103@cindex number of macros executed
6104@cindex macros, count executed
6105@item \@@
a4fb0134 6106@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6107executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6108output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6109
252b5132
RH
6110@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6111@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6112macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6113@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6114@end ftable
252b5132 6115
ccf8a69b
BW
6116@node MRI
6117@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6118
ccf8a69b
BW
6119@cindex @code{mri} directive
6120@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6121If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6122@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6123affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6124of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6125
caa32fe5
NC
6126@node Noaltmacro
6127@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6128Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6129
252b5132
RH
6130@node Nolist
6131@section @code{.nolist}
6132
6133@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6134@cindex listing control, turning off
6135Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6136not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6137internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6138counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6139generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6140
8f065d3b
L
6141@node Nops
6142@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6143
8f065d3b 6144@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6145@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6146This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6147@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6148@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6149the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6150zero.
6151
6152Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6153the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6154are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6155older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6156tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6157instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6158
252b5132
RH
6159@node Octa
6160@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6161
a8eb42a8 6162@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6163@cindex @code{octa} directive
6164@cindex integer, 16-byte
6165@cindex sixteen byte integer
6166This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6167bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6168
6169The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6170hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6171
9aec2026
NC
6172@node Offset
6173@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6174
6175@cindex @code{offset} directive
6176Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6177be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6178symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6179directive.
9aec2026 6180
252b5132
RH
6181@node Org
6182@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6183
6184@cindex @code{org} directive
6185@cindex location counter, advancing
6186@cindex advancing location counter
6187@cindex current address, advancing
6188Advance the location counter of the current section to
6189@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6190expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6191you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6192wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6193with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6194@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6195is the same as the current subsection.
6196
6197@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6198unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6199backwards.
6200
6201@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6202@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6203@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6204Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6205may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6206a chance to share your improved assembler.
6207
6208Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6209to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6210people's assemblers.
6211
6212When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6213intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6214absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6215@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6216
6217@node P2align
6218@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6219
6220@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6221@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6222Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6223storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6224number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6225advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6226counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
6227multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6228
6229The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6230padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6231padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6232marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6233with no-op instructions.
6234
6235The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6236it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6237directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6238specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6239fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6240required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6241with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6242
6243@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6244@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6245The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6246@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6247pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6248fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62492,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6250filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6251the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6252undefined.
6253
ccf8a69b
BW
6254@ifset ELF
6255@node PopSection
6256@section @code{.popsection}
6257
6258@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6259@cindex Section Stack
6260This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6261@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6262@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6263(@pxref{Previous}).
6264
6265This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6266section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6267stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6268@end ifset
6269
c91d2e08
NC
6270@ifset ELF
6271@node Previous
6272@section @code{.previous}
6273
c1253627 6274@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6275@cindex Section Stack
6276This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6277@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6278@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6279(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6280
6281This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6282referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6283@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6284subsections). For example:
6285
6286@smallexample
6287.section A
6288 .subsection 1
6289 .word 0x1234
6290 .subsection 2
6291 .word 0x5678
6292.previous
6293 .word 0x9abc
6294@end smallexample
6295
6296Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6297section A. Whilst:
6298
6299@smallexample
6300.section A
6301.subsection 1
6302 # Now in section A subsection 1
6303 .word 0x1234
6304.section B
6305.subsection 0
6306 # Now in section B subsection 0
6307 .word 0x5678
6308.subsection 1
6309 # Now in section B subsection 1
6310 .word 0x9abc
6311.previous
6312 # Now in section B subsection 0
6313 .word 0xdef0
6314@end smallexample
6315
6316Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6317section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6318
6319In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6320the top section on the section stack.
6321@end ifset
6322
252b5132
RH
6323@node Print
6324@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6325
6326@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6327@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6328assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6329
c91d2e08
NC
6330@ifset ELF
6331@node Protected
6332@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6333
c1253627
NC
6334@cindex @code{protected} directive
6335@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6336This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6337@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6338
6339This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6340their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6341@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6342components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6343component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6344this.
c91d2e08
NC
6345@end ifset
6346
252b5132
RH
6347@node Psize
6348@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6349
6350@cindex @code{psize} directive
6351@cindex listing control: paper size
6352@cindex paper size, for listings
6353Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6354number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6355
6356If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6357of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6358default width is 200 columns.
6359
a4fb0134 6360@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6361lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6362@code{.eject}).
6363
6364If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6365those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6366
6367@node Purgem
6368@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6369
6370@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6371Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6372expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6373
c91d2e08
NC
6374@ifset ELF
6375@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6376@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6377
c1253627 6378@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6379@cindex Section Stack
6380This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6381@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6382@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6383(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6384
e9863d7f
DJ
6385This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6386top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6387subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6388@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6389as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6390@end ifset
6391
252b5132
RH
6392@node Quad
6393@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6394
6395@cindex @code{quad} directive
6396@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6397each bignum, it emits
6398@ifclear bignum-16
6399an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6400warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6401@cindex eight-byte integer
6402@cindex integer, 8-byte
6403
6404The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6405hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6406@end ifclear
6407@ifset bignum-16
6408a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6409warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6410@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6411@cindex integer, 16-byte
6412@end ifset
6413
05e9452c
AM
6414@node Reloc
6415@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6416
6417@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6418Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6419@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6420the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6421symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6422@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6423absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6424targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6425relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6426section.
6427
252b5132
RH
6428@node Rept
6429@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6430
6431@cindex @code{rept} directive
6432Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6433@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6434
6435For example, assembling
6436
6437@example
6438 .rept 3
6439 .long 0
6440 .endr
6441@end example
6442
6443is equivalent to assembling
6444
6445@example
6446 .long 0
6447 .long 0
6448 .long 0
6449@end example
6450
808811a3
NC
6451A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6452allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6453
252b5132
RH
6454@node Sbttl
6455@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6456
6457@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6458@cindex subtitles for listings
6459@cindex listing control: subtitle
6460Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6461title line) when generating assembly listings.
6462
6463This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6464it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6465
6466@ifset COFF
6467@node Scl
6468@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6469
6470@cindex @code{scl} directive
6471@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6472@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6473Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6474used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6475whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6476symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6477@end ifset
6478
c1253627 6479@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6480@node Section
c1253627 6481@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6482
252b5132
RH
6483@cindex named section
6484Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6485named @var{name}.
6486
6487This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6488named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6489with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6490
c1253627
NC
6491@ifset COFF
6492@ifset ELF
6493@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6494@subheading COFF Version
6495@end ifset
6496
6497@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6498For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6499ways:
c91d2e08 6500
252b5132
RH
6501@smallexample
6502.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6503.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6504@end smallexample
6505
6506If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6507section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6508
252b5132
RH
6509@table @code
6510@item b
6511bss section (uninitialized data)
6512@item n
6513section is not loaded
6514@item w
6515writable section
6516@item d
6517data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6518@item e
6519exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6520@item r
6521read-only section
6522@item x
6523executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6524@item s
6525shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6526@item a
6527ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6528@item y
6529section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6530@item 0-9
6531single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6532@end table
6533
6534If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6535the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6536loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6537from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6538will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6539
6540If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6541taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6542@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6543
6544@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6545@ifset COFF
6546@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6547@subheading ELF Version
6548@end ifset
6549
c91d2e08
NC
6550@cindex Section Stack
6551This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6552@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6553(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6554@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6555
c1253627 6556@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6557For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6558
252b5132 6559@smallexample
7047dd1e 6560.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6561@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6562
451133ce
NP
6563@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6564@kindex --sectname-subst
6565@cindex section name substitution
6566If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6567argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6568at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6569
6570@smallexample
6571.macro exception_code
6572.section %S.exception
6573[exception code here]
6574.previous
6575.endm
6576
6577.text
6578[code]
6579exception_code
6580[...]
6581
6582.section .init
6583[init code]
6584exception_code
6585[...]
6586@end smallexample
6587
6588The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6589@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6590This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6591tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6592need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6593macros just for that purpose.
6594
252b5132 6595The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6596combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6597
252b5132
RH
6598@table @code
6599@item a
6600section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6601@item d
6602section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6603@item e
6604section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6605@item w
6606section is writable
6607@item x
6608section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6609@item M
6610section is mergeable
6611@item S
6612section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6613@item G
6614section is a member of a section group
6615@item T
6616section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6617@item ?
6618section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6619@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6620a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6621field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6622also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6623resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6624@item @code{<target specific>}
6625some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6626@end table
6627
9fb71ee4
NC
6628Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6629a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6630flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6631@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6632(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6633section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6634
252b5132 6635The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6636
252b5132
RH
6637@table @code
6638@item @@progbits
6639section contains data
6640@item @@nobits
6641section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6642@item @@note
6643section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6644@item @@init_array
6645section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6646@item @@fini_array
6647section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6648@item @@preinit_array
6649section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6650@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6651a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6652@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6653some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6654@end table
6655
9fb71ee4
NC
6656Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6657enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6658
ececec60
NC
6659Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6660ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6661@code{%} character.
6662
9fb71ee4
NC
6663Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6664special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6665type will generate an error from the assembler.
6666
22fe14ad 6667If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6668be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6669
6670@smallexample
6671.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6672@end smallexample
6673
6674Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6675constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6676@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6677@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6678the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6679absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6680which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6681@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6682@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6683
6684If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6685be present along with an additional field like this:
6686
6687@smallexample
6688.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6689@end smallexample
6690
6691The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6692particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6693
22fe14ad
NC
6694@table @code
6695@item comdat
6696indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6697@item .gnu.linkonce
6698an alias for comdat
6699@end table
6700
96e9638b 6701Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6702the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6703
6704@smallexample
6705.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6706@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6707
01642c12
RM
6708If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6709@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6710present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6711this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6712@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6713If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6714
252b5132
RH
6715If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6716the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6717none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6718executable. The section will contain data.
6719
6720For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6721directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6722
252b5132
RH
6723@smallexample
6724.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6725@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6726
252b5132
RH
6727Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6728separated flags:
eda683bb 6729
252b5132
RH
6730@table @code
6731@item #alloc
6732section is allocatable
6733@item #write
6734section is writable
6735@item #execinstr
6736section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6737@item #exclude
6738section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6739@item #tls
6740section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6741@end table
c91d2e08 6742
e9863d7f
DJ
6743This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6744contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6745some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6746work.
c1253627
NC
6747@end ifset
6748@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6749
6750@node Set
6751@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6752
6753@cindex @code{set} directive
6754@cindex symbol value, setting
6755Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6756changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6757@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6758flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6759
5d239759
NC
6760You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6761values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6762involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6763being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6764addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6765final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6766the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6767different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6768
6769If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6770file is the last value stored into it.
6771
3c9b82ba
NC
6772@ifset Z80
6773On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6774@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6775@end ifset
6776
252b5132
RH
6777@node Short
6778@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6779
6780@cindex @code{short} directive
6781@ifset GENERIC
6782@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6783@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6784
6785In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6786numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6787@end ifset
6788@ifclear GENERIC
6789@ifset W16
6790@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6791@end ifset
6792@ifset W32
6793This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6794a 16 bit number for each.
6795@end ifset
6796@end ifclear
6797
6798@node Single
6799@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6800
6801@cindex @code{single} directive
6802@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6803This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6804has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6805@ifset GENERIC
6806The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6807@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6808@end ifset
6809@ifclear GENERIC
6810@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6811On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6812numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6813@end ifset
6814@end ifclear
6815
c1253627 6816@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6817@node Size
c1253627 6818@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6819
c1253627
NC
6820This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6821
6822@ifset COFF
6823@ifset ELF
6824@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6825@subheading COFF Version
6826@end ifset
6827
6828@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6829For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6830@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6831
6832@smallexample
6833.size @var{expression}
6834@end smallexample
252b5132 6835
c1253627 6836@end ifset
c91d2e08 6837
c1253627
NC
6838@ifset ELF
6839@ifset COFF
6840@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6841@subheading ELF Version
6842@end ifset
6843
6844@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6845For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6846
c1253627
NC
6847@smallexample
6848.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6849@end smallexample
6850
6851This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6852The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6853arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6854symbols.
c1253627
NC
6855@end ifset
6856@end ifset
252b5132 6857
252b5132
RH
6858@ifclear no-space-dir
6859@node Skip
340d33e5 6860@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6861
6862@cindex @code{skip} directive
6863@cindex filling memory
6864This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6865@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6866@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6867@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6868@end ifclear
252b5132 6869
ccf8a69b
BW
6870@node Sleb128
6871@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6872
6873@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6874@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6875compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6876symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6877
884f0d36 6878@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6879@node Space
340d33e5 6880@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6881
6882@cindex @code{space} directive
6883@cindex filling memory
6884This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6885@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6886and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6887as @samp{.skip}.
6888
6889@ifset HPPA
6890@quotation
6891@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6892targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6893Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6894@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6895for a summary.
6896@end quotation
6897@end ifset
6898@end ifclear
6899
252b5132
RH
6900@ifset have-stabs
6901@node Stab
6902@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6903
6904@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6905@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6906There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6907All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6908The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6909cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6910Up to five fields are required:
6911
6912@table @var
6913@item string
6914This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6915@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6916debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6917using this field.
6918
6919@item type
6920An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6921this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6922and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6923
6924@item other
6925An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6926low 8 bits of this expression.
6927
6928@item desc
6929An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6930bits of this expression.
6931
6932@item value
6933An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6934@end table
6935
6936If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6937or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6938you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6939compatible with earlier assemblers!
6940
6941@table @code
6942@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6943@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6944
6945The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6946It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6947null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6948strings.
6949
6950The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6951relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6952is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6953assembled.
6954
6955@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6956@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6957The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6958
6959@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6960@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6961All five fields are specified.
6962@end table
6963@end ifset
6964@c end have-stabs
6965
6966@node String
38a57ae7 6967@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6968"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6969
6970@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6971@cindex string8, copying to object file
6972@cindex string16, copying to object file
6973@cindex string32, copying to object file
6974@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6975@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6976@cindex @code{string8} directive
6977@cindex @code{string16} directive
6978@cindex @code{string32} directive
6979@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6980
6981Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6982one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6983particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6984You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6985
01642c12 6986The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6987the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6988copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6989are stored in target endianness byte order.
6990
6991Example:
6992@smallexample
6993 .string32 "BYE"
6994expands to:
6995 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6996 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6997@end smallexample
6998
6999
252b5132
RH
7000@node Struct
7001@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
7002
7003@cindex @code{struct} directive
7004Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7005which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7006@smallexample
7007 .struct 0
7008field1:
7009 .struct field1 + 4
7010field2:
7011 .struct field2 + 4
7012field3:
7013@end smallexample
7014This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7015@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7016value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7017use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7018before further assembly.
7019
c91d2e08
NC
7020@ifset ELF
7021@node SubSection
7022@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7023
c1253627 7024@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7025@cindex Section Stack
7026This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7027@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7028@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7029(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7030
7031This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7032section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7033in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7034@end ifset
7035
252b5132
RH
7036@ifset ELF
7037@node Symver
7038@section @code{.symver}
7039@cindex @code{symver} directive
7040@cindex symbol versioning
7041@cindex versions of symbols
7042Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7043within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7044typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7045There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7046into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7047shared library.
7048
79082ff0 7049For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7050@smallexample
7051.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7052@end smallexample
339681c0 7053If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7054being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7055alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7056just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7057permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7058of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7059itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7060have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7061file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7062function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7063the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7064building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7065symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7066nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7067
7068If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7069references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7070reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7071symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7072
7073Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7074@smallexample
7075.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7076@end smallexample
7077In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7078the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7079difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7080references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7081
7082The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7083@smallexample
7084.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7085@end smallexample
7086When @var{name} is not defined within the
7087file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7088@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7089name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7090@end ifset
7091
7092@ifset COFF
7093@node Tag
7094@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7095
7096@cindex COFF structure debugging
7097@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7098@cindex @code{tag} directive
7099This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7100information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7101@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7102definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7103@end ifset
7104
7105@node Text
7106@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7107
7108@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7109Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7110the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7111expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7112is used.
7113
7114@node Title
7115@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7116
7117@cindex @code{title} directive
7118@cindex listing control: title line
7119Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7120source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7121
7122This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7123it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7124
c1253627 7125@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7126@node Type
c1253627
NC
7127@section @code{.type}
7128
7129This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7130
7131@ifset COFF
7132@ifset ELF
7133@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7134@subheading COFF Version
7135@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7136
7137@cindex COFF symbol type
7138@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7139@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7140For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7141@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7142
7143@smallexample
7144.type @var{int}
7145@end smallexample
7146
7147This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7148entry.
252b5132 7149
c1253627 7150@end ifset
c91d2e08 7151
c1253627
NC
7152@ifset ELF
7153@ifset COFF
7154@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7155@subheading ELF Version
7156@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7157
7158@cindex ELF symbol type
7159@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7160@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7161For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7162
7163@smallexample
7164.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7165@end smallexample
7166
7167This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7168function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7169supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7170compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7171
7172Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7173@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7174below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7175the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7176maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7177assemblers.
7178
7179The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7180
7181@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7182 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7183 .type <name>,#<type>
7184 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7185 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7186 .type <name>,"<type>"
7187@end smallexample
7188
7189The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7190
5671778d
NC
7191@table @gcctabopt
7192@item STT_FUNC
7193@itemx function
7194Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7195
d8045f23
NC
7196@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7197@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7198Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7199processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7200
5671778d
NC
7201@item STT_OBJECT
7202@itemx object
7203Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7204
7205@item STT_TLS
7206@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7207Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7208
7209@item STT_COMMON
7210@itemx common
7211Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7212
7213@item STT_NOTYPE
7214@itemx notype
7215Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7216
3e7a7d11
NC
7217@item gnu_unique_object
7218Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7219will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7220name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7221systems).
3e7a7d11 7222
5671778d
NC
7223@end table
7224
f2d4ba38
JB
7225Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7226result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7227this.
7228
5671778d 7229Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7230
c1253627
NC
7231@end ifset
7232@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7233
7234@node Uleb128
7235@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7236
7237@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7238@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7239compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7240symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7241
7242@ifset COFF
7243@node Val
7244@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7245
7246@cindex @code{val} directive
7247@cindex COFF value attribute
7248@cindex value attribute, COFF
7249This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7250records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7251entry.
252b5132
RH
7252@end ifset
7253
2e13b764 7254@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7255@node Version
7256@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7257
c1253627 7258@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7259This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7260formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7261@end ifset
2e13b764 7262
c91d2e08
NC
7263@ifset ELF
7264@node VTableEntry
7265@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7266
653cfe85 7267@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7268This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7269@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7270
c91d2e08
NC
7271@node VTableInherit
7272@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7273
653cfe85 7274@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7275This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7276@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7277parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7278parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7279@end ifset
2e13b764 7280
d190d046
HPN
7281@node Warning
7282@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7283@cindex warning directive
7284Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7285(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7286
c91d2e08
NC
7287@node Weak
7288@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7289
c1253627 7290@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7291This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7292@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7293
01642c12 7294On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7295directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7296@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7297
977cdf5a 7298On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7299When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7300alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7301
06e77878
AO
7302@node Weakref
7303@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7304
7305@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7306This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7307be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7308If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7309will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7310symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7311
7312The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7313assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7314symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7315resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7316had the references to the alias removed.
7317
7318The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7319within the assembler.
7320
252b5132
RH
7321@node Word
7322@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7323
7324@cindex @code{word} directive
7325This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7326separated by commas.
7327@ifclear GENERIC
7328@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7329For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7330@end ifset
7331@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7332For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7333@end ifset
7334@end ifclear
7335@ifset GENERIC
7336
7337The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7338depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7339@end ifset
7340
a8eb42a8 7341@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7342@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7343@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7344@cindex difference tables altered
7345@cindex altered difference tables
7346@quotation
7347@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7348@end quotation
7349
7350@ifset GENERIC
7351Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7352addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7353interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7354@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7355
7356@end ifset
7357In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7358@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7359Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7360compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7361directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7362@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7363creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7364This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7365first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7366of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7367table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7368contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7369@code{sym2}.
7370
7371If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7372secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7373@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7374long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7375and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7376minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7377entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7378
7379@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7380@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7381@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7382assembly language programmers.
7383@end ifset
7384@end ifset
7385@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7386
7ce98c16
NC
7387@ifclear no-space-dir
7388@node Zero
7389@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7390
7391@cindex @code{zero} directive
7392@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7393This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7394expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7395so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7396instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7397@end ifclear
7398
2b841ec2
AM
7399@ifset ELF
7400@node 2byte
ea86f534 7401@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7402@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7403@cindex two-byte integer
7404@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7405
e406e428
NC
7406This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7407are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7408is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7409section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7410in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7411bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7412at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7413value at link time.
7414
7415This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7416values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7417different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7418
8b1e5da1 7419This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7420
7421@node 4byte
ea86f534 7422@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7423@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7424@cindex four-byte integer
7425@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7426
e406e428
NC
7427Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7428long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7429
7430@node 8byte
ea86f534 7431@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7432@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7433@cindex eight-byte integer
7434@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7435
e21126b7 7436Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7437byte long bignum values into the output.
7438
2b841ec2
AM
7439@end ifset
7440
252b5132
RH
7441@node Deprecated
7442@section Deprecated Directives
7443
7444@cindex deprecated directives
7445@cindex obsolescent directives
7446One day these directives won't work.
7447They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7448@table @t
7449@item .abort
7450@item .line
7451@end table
7452
3a99f02f
DJ
7453@ifset ELF
7454@node Object Attributes
7455@chapter Object Attributes
7456@cindex object attributes
7457
7458@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7459into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7460Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7461point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7462requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7463passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7464hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7465generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7466newer generation at run-time.
7467
7468This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7469@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7470time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7471correctly.
7472
7473Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7474attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7475string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7476and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7477or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7478attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7479
7480Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7481The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7482
7483@menu
7484* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7485* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7486@end menu
7487
7488@node GNU Object Attributes
7489@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7490
7491The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7492with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7493
7494Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7495its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7496an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74972} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7498architecture-dependent ones.
7499
7500@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7501
7502These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7503
7504@table @r
7505@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7506The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7507the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7508then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7509than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7510arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7511@end table
7512
7513@subsection MIPS Attributes
7514
7515@table @r
7516@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7517The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7518
7519@itemize @bullet
7520@item
75210 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7522@item
f179c512
MF
75231 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7524double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7525@item
75262 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7527@item
75283 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7529@item
f179c512
MF
75304 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7531floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7532number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7533@item
75345 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7535with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7536general-purpose registers.
7537@item
75386 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7539registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7540@item
75417 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7542registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7543direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7544@end itemize
7545@end table
7546
7547@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7548
7549@table @r
7550@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7551The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7552
7553@itemize @bullet
7554@item
75550 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7556@item
3c7b9897 75571 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7558@item
75592 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7560@item
75613 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7562@end itemize
7563
7564@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7565The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7566
7567@itemize @bullet
7568@item
75690 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7570@item
75711 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7572@item
75732 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7574@item
75753 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7576@end itemize
7577@end table
7578
643f7afb
AK
7579@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7580
7581@table @r
7582@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7583The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7584
7585@itemize @bullet
7586@item
75870 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7588@item
75891 for files using software vector ABI.
7590@item
75912 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7592@end itemize
7593@end table
7594
c0ea7c52
JL
7595@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7596
7597@table @r
7598@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7599The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7600
7601@itemize @bullet
7602@item
76030 for files not using the large memory model.
7604@item
76051 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7606data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7607@item
76082 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7609@end itemize
7610@end table
7611
3a99f02f
DJ
7612@node Defining New Object Attributes
7613@section Defining New Object Attributes
7614
7615If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7616will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7617mailing list.
7618
7619@itemize @bullet
7620@item
7621This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7622@item
7623The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7624@item
7625The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7626and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7627@item
7628Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7629@item
7630@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7631@item
7632GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7633@end itemize
7634
7635@end ifset
7636
252b5132
RH
7637@ifset GENERIC
7638@node Machine Dependencies
7639@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7640
7641@cindex machine dependencies
7642The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7643each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7644vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7645directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7646assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7647@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7648optimization.
7649
7650This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7651include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7652subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7653
7654@menu
a06ea964
NC
7655@ifset AARCH64
7656* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7657@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7658@ifset ALPHA
7659* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7660@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7661@ifset ARC
7662* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7663@end ifset
7664@ifset ARM
7665* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7666@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7667@ifset AVR
7668* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7669@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7670@ifset Blackfin
7671* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7672@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7673@ifset BPF
7674* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7675@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7676@ifset CR16
7677* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7678@end ifset
8bf549a8 7679@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7680* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7681@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7682@ifset CSKY
7683* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7684@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7685@ifset D10V
7686* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7687@end ifset
7688@ifset D30V
7689* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7690@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7691@ifset EPIPHANY
7692* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7693@end ifset
252b5132 7694@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7695* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7696@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7697@ifset HPPA
7698* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7699@end ifset
7700@ifset I80386
55b62671 7701* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7702@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7703@ifset IA64
7704* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7705@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7706@ifset IP2K
7707* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7708@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7709@ifset LM32
7710* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7711@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7712@ifset M32C
7713* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7714@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7715@ifset M32R
7716* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7717@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7718@ifset M680X0
7719* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7720@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7721@ifset M68HC11
7722* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7723@end ifset
7b4ae824 7724@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7725* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7726@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7727@ifset METAG
7728* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7729@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7730@ifset MICROBLAZE
7731* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7732@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7733@ifset MIPS
7734* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7735@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7736@ifset MMIX
7737* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7738@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7739@ifset MSP430
7740* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7741@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7742@ifset NDS32
7743* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7744@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7745@ifset NIOSII
7746* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7747@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7748@ifset NS32K
7749* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7750@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7751@ifset OPENRISC
7752* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7753@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7754@ifset PDP11
7755* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7756@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7757@ifset PJ
7758* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7759@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7760@ifset PPC
7761* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7762@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7763@ifset PRU
7764* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7765@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7766@ifset RISCV
7767* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7768@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7769@ifset RL78
7770* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7771@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7772@ifset RX
7773* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7774@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7775@ifset S390
7776* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7777@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7778@ifset SCORE
7779* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7780@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7781@ifset SH
7782* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7783@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7784@ifset SPARC
7785* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7786@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7787@ifset TIC54X
7788* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7789@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7790@ifset TIC6X
7791* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7792@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7793@ifset TILEGX
7794* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7795@end ifset
7796@ifset TILEPRO
7797* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7798@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7799@ifset V850
7800* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7801@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7802@ifset VAX
7803* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7804@end ifset
7805@ifset VISIUM
7806* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7807@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7808@ifset WASM32
7809* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7810@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7811@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7812* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7813@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7814@ifset XSTORMY16
7815* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7816@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7817@ifset XTENSA
7818* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7819@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7820@ifset Z80
7821* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7822@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7823@ifset Z8000
7824* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7825@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7826@end menu
7827
7828@lowersections
7829@end ifset
7830
7831@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7832@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7833@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7834@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7835@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7836@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7837@c in both conditional blocks.
7838
a06ea964
NC
7839@ifset AARCH64
7840@include c-aarch64.texi
7841@end ifset
7842
625e1353
RH
7843@ifset ALPHA
7844@include c-alpha.texi
7845@end ifset
7846
7847@ifset ARC
7848@include c-arc.texi
7849@end ifset
7850
252b5132
RH
7851@ifset ARM
7852@include c-arm.texi
7853@end ifset
7854
8473f7a4
DC
7855@ifset AVR
7856@include c-avr.texi
7857@end ifset
7858
3b4e1885 7859@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7860@include c-bfin.texi
7861@end ifset
7862
f8861f5d
JM
7863@ifset BPF
7864@include c-bpf.texi
7865@end ifset
7866
3d3d428f
NC
7867@ifset CR16
7868@include c-cr16.texi
7869@end ifset
7870
328eb32e
HPN
7871@ifset CRIS
7872@include c-cris.texi
7873@end ifset
7874
b8891f8d
AJ
7875@ifset CSKY
7876@include c-csky.texi
7877@end ifset
7878
c2dcd04e 7879@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7880@ifclear GENERIC
7881@node Machine Dependencies
7882@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7883
c2dcd04e 7884The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7885and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7886chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7887family.
7888
7889@menu
c2dcd04e 7890* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7891* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7892@end menu
7893@lowersections
7894@end ifclear
7895@end ifset
7896
7897@ifset D10V
7898@include c-d10v.texi
7899@end ifset
7900
7901@ifset D30V
7902@include c-d30v.texi
7903@end ifset
7904
cfb8c092
NC
7905@ifset EPIPHANY
7906@include c-epiphany.texi
7907@end ifset
7908
252b5132
RH
7909@ifset H8/300
7910@include c-h8300.texi
7911@end ifset
7912
252b5132
RH
7913@ifset HPPA
7914@include c-hppa.texi
7915@end ifset
7916
7917@ifset I80386
7918@include c-i386.texi
7919@end ifset
7920
9e32ca89
NC
7921@ifset IA64
7922@include c-ia64.texi
7923@end ifset
7924
a40cbfa3
NC
7925@ifset IP2K
7926@include c-ip2k.texi
7927@end ifset
7928
84e94c90
NC
7929@ifset LM32
7930@include c-lm32.texi
7931@end ifset
7932
49f58d10
JB
7933@ifset M32C
7934@include c-m32c.texi
7935@end ifset
7936
ec694b89
NC
7937@ifset M32R
7938@include c-m32r.texi
7939@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7940
7941@ifset M680X0
7942@include c-m68k.texi
7943@end ifset
7944
60bcf0fa
NC
7945@ifset M68HC11
7946@include c-m68hc11.texi
7947@end ifset
7948
7b4ae824
JD
7949@ifset S12Z
7950@include c-s12z.texi
7951@end ifset
7952
a3c62988
NC
7953@ifset METAG
7954@include c-metag.texi
7955@end ifset
7956
01642c12 7957@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7958@include c-microblaze.texi
7959@end ifset
7960
252b5132
RH
7961@ifset MIPS
7962@include c-mips.texi
7963@end ifset
7964
3c3bdf30
NC
7965@ifset MMIX
7966@include c-mmix.texi
7967@end ifset
7968
2469cfa2
NC
7969@ifset MSP430
7970@include c-msp430.texi
7971@end ifset
7972
35c08157
KLC
7973@ifset NDS32
7974@include c-nds32.texi
7975@end ifset
7976
36591ba1
SL
7977@ifset NIOSII
7978@include c-nios2.texi
7979@end ifset
7980
252b5132
RH
7981@ifset NS32K
7982@include c-ns32k.texi
7983@end ifset
7984
1f041c6e
SH
7985@ifset OPENRISC
7986@include c-or1k.texi
7987@end ifset
7988
e135f41b
NC
7989@ifset PDP11
7990@include c-pdp11.texi
7991@end ifset
7992
041dd5a9
ILT
7993@ifset PJ
7994@include c-pj.texi
7995@end ifset
7996
418c1742
MG
7997@ifset PPC
7998@include c-ppc.texi
7999@end ifset
8000
93f11b16
DD
8001@ifset PRU
8002@include c-pru.texi
8003@end ifset
8004
4f7eddc4
PD
8005@ifset RISCV
8006@include c-riscv.texi
8007@end ifset
8008
b57e49f7
JW
8009@ifset RL78
8010@include c-rl78.texi
8011@end ifset
8012
046d31c2
NC
8013@ifset RX
8014@include c-rx.texi
8015@end ifset
8016
11c19e16
MS
8017@ifset S390
8018@include c-s390.texi
8019@end ifset
8020
c0157db4
NC
8021@ifset SCORE
8022@include c-score.texi
8023@end ifset
8024
252b5132
RH
8025@ifset SH
8026@include c-sh.texi
8027@end ifset
8028
8029@ifset SPARC
8030@include c-sparc.texi
8031@end ifset
8032
39bec121
TW
8033@ifset TIC54X
8034@include c-tic54x.texi
8035@end ifset
8036
40b36596
JM
8037@ifset TIC6X
8038@include c-tic6x.texi
8039@end ifset
8040
aa137e4d
NC
8041@ifset TILEGX
8042@include c-tilegx.texi
8043@end ifset
8044
8045@ifset TILEPRO
8046@include c-tilepro.texi
8047@end ifset
8048
b6605ddd
EB
8049@ifset V850
8050@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8051@end ifset
8052
8053@ifset VAX
8054@include c-vax.texi
8055@end ifset
8056
b6605ddd
EB
8057@ifset VISIUM
8058@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8059@end ifset
8060
f96bd6c2
PC
8061@ifset WASM32
8062@include c-wasm32.texi
8063@end ifset
8064
f6c1a2d5
NC
8065@ifset XGATE
8066@include c-xgate.texi
8067@end ifset
8068
6753e72f
NC
8069@ifset XSTORMY16
8070@include c-xstormy16.texi
8071@end ifset
8072
e0001a05
NC
8073@ifset XTENSA
8074@include c-xtensa.texi
8075@end ifset
8076
b6605ddd
EB
8077@ifset Z80
8078@include c-z80.texi
8079@end ifset
8080
8081@ifset Z8000
8082@include c-z8k.texi
8083@end ifset
8084
252b5132
RH
8085@ifset GENERIC
8086@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8087@raisesections
8088@end ifset
8089
8090@node Reporting Bugs
8091@chapter Reporting Bugs
8092@cindex bugs in assembler
8093@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8094
a4fb0134 8095Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8096
8097Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8098not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8099entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8100Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8101
8102In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8103information that enables us to fix the bug.
8104
8105@menu
8106* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8107* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8108@end menu
8109
8110@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8111@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8112@cindex bug criteria
8113
8114If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8115
8116@itemize @bullet
8117@cindex fatal signal
8118@cindex assembler crash
8119@cindex crash of assembler
8120@item
8121If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8122@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8123
8124@cindex error on valid input
8125@item
a4fb0134 8126If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8127
8128@cindex invalid input
8129@item
a4fb0134 8130If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8131is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8132be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8133
8134@item
8135If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8136of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8137@end itemize
8138
8139@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8140@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8141@cindex bug reports
8142@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8143
8144A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8145you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8146contact that organization first.
8147
8148You can find contact information for many support companies and
8149individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8150distribution.
8151
ad22bfe8 8152@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8153In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8154to @value{BUGURL}.
8155@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8156
8157The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8158@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8159fact or leave it out, state it!
8160
8161Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8162and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8163name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8164not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8165happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8166perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8167the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8168give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8169and the most helpful.
8170
8171Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8172it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8173that the bug has not been reported previously.
8174
8175Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8176bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8177respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8178You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8179
8180To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8181
8182@itemize @bullet
8183@item
a4fb0134 8184The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8185it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8186
8187Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8188the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8189
8190@item
a4fb0134 8191Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8192
8193@item
8194The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8195version number.
8196
8197@item
a4fb0134 8198What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8199``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8200
8201@item
8202The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8203observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8204all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8205
8206If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8207and then we might not encounter the bug.
8208
8209@item
8210A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8211the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8212high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8213when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8214the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8215file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8216@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8217
8218@item
8219A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8220incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8221
a4fb0134 8222Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8223will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8224notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8225make a mistake.
8226
8227Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8228explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8229@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8230library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8231would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8232would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8233expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8234observations.
8235
8236@item
a4fb0134 8237If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8238diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8239option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8240discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8241by line number.
8242
8243The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8244sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8245@end itemize
8246
8247Here are some things that are not necessary:
8248
8249@itemize @bullet
8250@item
8251A description of the envelope of the bug.
8252
8253Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8254which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8255changes will not affect it.
8256
8257This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8258will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8259with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8260We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8261
8262Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8263of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8264output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8265less time, and so on.
8266
8267However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8268report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8269
8270@item
8271A patch for the bug.
8272
8273A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8274the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8275a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8276to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8277
a4fb0134 8278Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8279construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8280the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8281one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8282
8283And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8284patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8285help us to understand.
8286
8287@item
8288A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8289
8290Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8291things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8292@end itemize
8293
8294@node Acknowledgements
8295@chapter Acknowledgements
8296
653cfe85 8297If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8298it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8299maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8300@c (October 2012),
8301the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8302
8303Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8304more details?}
8305
8306Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8307information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8308extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8309
8310K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8311many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8312up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8313testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8314including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8315and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8316support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8317port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8318file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8319assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8320
8321Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8322in format-specific I/O modules.
8323
8324The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8325has done much work with it since.
8326
8327The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8328
8329Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8330
8331The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8332University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8333
8334Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8335(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8336(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8337support a.out format.
8338
7be1c489
AM
8339Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8340tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8341Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8342use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8343targets.
8344
8345John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8346simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8347updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8348fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8349remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8350cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8351required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8352
8353Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
835468k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8355added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8356PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8357
653cfe85 8358Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8359
8360Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8361
8362Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8363along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8364formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8365the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8366
8367Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8368Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8369Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8370Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8371and some initial 64-bit support).
8372
c1253627 8373Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8374
252b5132
RH
8375Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8376support for openVMS/Alpha.
8377
39bec121
TW
8378Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8379flavors.
8380
e0001a05 8381David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8382Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8383
252b5132
RH
8384Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8385configuration enhancements.
8386
84e94c90
NC
8387Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8388
252b5132
RH
8389Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8390you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8391want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8392intentionally leaving anyone out.
8393
793c5807
NC
8394@node GNU Free Documentation License
8395@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8396@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8397
370b66a1
CD
8398@node AS Index
8399@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8400
8401@printindex cp
8402
252b5132
RH
8403@bye
8404@c Local Variables:
8405@c fill-column: 79
8406@c End:
This page took 1.483515 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.